aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/lib/Transforms/Scalar
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/Transforms/Scalar')
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/AlignmentFromAssumptions.cpp13
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/Android.mk1
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/BDCE.cpp31
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/CMakeLists.txt1
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp1
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp4
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp6
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp60
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp18
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp134
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp85
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/InductiveRangeCheckElimination.cpp401
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp15
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp79
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoadCombine.cpp37
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp37
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp3
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInterchange.cpp1154
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp30
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp8
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp11
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnrollPass.cpp19
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp4
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp86
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/MergedLoadStoreMotion.cpp3
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp34
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/RewriteStatepointsForGC.cpp314
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp14
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp89
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp3
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalar.cpp2
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp190
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp26
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP.cpp71
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp18
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp6
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/StraightLineStrengthReduce.cpp395
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp3
-rw-r--r--lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp70
39 files changed, 2453 insertions, 1023 deletions
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/AlignmentFromAssumptions.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/AlignmentFromAssumptions.cpp
index 5c74885..5aa2b97 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/AlignmentFromAssumptions.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/AlignmentFromAssumptions.cpp
@@ -23,15 +23,15 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
using namespace llvm;
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ struct AlignmentFromAssumptions : public FunctionPass {
ScalarEvolution *SE;
DominatorTree *DT;
- const DataLayout *DL;
bool extractAlignmentInfo(CallInst *I, Value *&AAPtr, const SCEV *&AlignSCEV,
const SCEV *&OffSCEV);
@@ -123,7 +122,7 @@ static unsigned getNewAlignmentDiff(const SCEV *DiffSCEV,
// If the displacement is not an exact multiple, but the remainder is a
// constant, then return this remainder (but only if it is a power of 2).
- uint64_t DiffUnitsAbs = abs64(DiffUnits);
+ uint64_t DiffUnitsAbs = std::abs(DiffUnits);
if (isPowerOf2_64(DiffUnitsAbs))
return (unsigned) DiffUnitsAbs;
}
@@ -316,7 +315,7 @@ bool AlignmentFromAssumptions::processAssumption(CallInst *ACall) {
continue;
if (Instruction *K = dyn_cast<Instruction>(J))
- if (isValidAssumeForContext(ACall, K, DL, DT))
+ if (isValidAssumeForContext(ACall, K, DT))
WorkList.push_back(K);
}
@@ -400,7 +399,7 @@ bool AlignmentFromAssumptions::processAssumption(CallInst *ACall) {
Visited.insert(J);
for (User *UJ : J->users()) {
Instruction *K = cast<Instruction>(UJ);
- if (!Visited.count(K) && isValidAssumeForContext(ACall, K, DL, DT))
+ if (!Visited.count(K) && isValidAssumeForContext(ACall, K, DT))
WorkList.push_back(K);
}
}
@@ -413,8 +412,6 @@ bool AlignmentFromAssumptions::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
auto &AC = getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>();
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
NewDestAlignments.clear();
NewSrcAlignments.clear();
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Android.mk b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Android.mk
index ed803cd..cf30f39 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Android.mk
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Android.mk
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ transforms_scalar_SRC_FILES := \
LoopDeletion.cpp \
LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp \
LoopInstSimplify.cpp \
+ LoopInterchange.cpp \
LoopRerollPass.cpp \
LoopRotation.cpp \
LoopStrengthReduce.cpp \
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/BDCE.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/BDCE.cpp
index c7bd79d..09c605e 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/BDCE.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/BDCE.cpp
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ struct BDCE : public FunctionPass {
APInt &KnownZero2, APInt &KnownOne2);
AssumptionCache *AC;
- const DataLayout *DL;
DominatorTree *DT;
};
}
@@ -95,20 +94,21 @@ void BDCE::determineLiveOperandBits(const Instruction *UserI,
// however, want to do this twice, so we cache the result in APInts that live
// in the caller. For the two-relevant-operands case, both operand values are
// provided here.
- auto ComputeKnownBits = [&](unsigned BitWidth, const Value *V1,
- const Value *V2) {
- KnownZero = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
- KnownOne = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
- computeKnownBits(const_cast<Value*>(V1), KnownZero, KnownOne, DL, 0, AC,
- UserI, DT);
-
- if (V2) {
- KnownZero2 = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
- KnownOne2 = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
- computeKnownBits(const_cast<Value*>(V2), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, DL, 0, AC,
- UserI, DT);
- }
- };
+ auto ComputeKnownBits =
+ [&](unsigned BitWidth, const Value *V1, const Value *V2) {
+ const DataLayout &DL = I->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ KnownZero = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
+ KnownOne = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
+ computeKnownBits(const_cast<Value *>(V1), KnownZero, KnownOne, DL, 0,
+ AC, UserI, DT);
+
+ if (V2) {
+ KnownZero2 = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
+ KnownOne2 = APInt(BitWidth, 0);
+ computeKnownBits(const_cast<Value *>(V2), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, DL,
+ 0, AC, UserI, DT);
+ }
+ };
switch (UserI->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
@@ -263,7 +263,6 @@ bool BDCE::runOnFunction(Function& F) {
return false;
AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
- DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
DenseMap<Instruction *, APInt> AliveBits;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CMakeLists.txt
index d297eb1..d12fdb7 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ add_llvm_library(LLVMScalarOpts
LoopDeletion.cpp
LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp
LoopInstSimplify.cpp
+ LoopInterchange.cpp
LoopRerollPass.cpp
LoopRotation.cpp
LoopStrengthReduce.cpp
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp
index e3aab4b..4288742 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include <tuple>
using namespace llvm;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp
index 29d4e05..c974ebb 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
@@ -68,8 +67,7 @@ bool ConstantPropagation::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
WorkList.insert(&*i);
}
bool Changed = false;
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
+ const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI =
&getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp
index 5a3b5cf..912d527 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
@@ -126,8 +127,9 @@ bool CorrelatedValuePropagation::processPHI(PHINode *P) {
Changed = true;
}
- // FIXME: Provide DL, TLI, DT, AT to SimplifyInstruction.
- if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P)) {
+ // FIXME: Provide TLI, DT, AT to SimplifyInstruction.
+ const DataLayout &DL = BB->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P, DL)) {
P->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
P->eraseFromParent();
Changed = true;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp
index c2ce1d5..cb8981b 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/CaptureTracking.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
@@ -33,7 +34,7 @@
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
using namespace llvm;
@@ -78,7 +79,8 @@ namespace {
bool HandleFree(CallInst *F);
bool handleEndBlock(BasicBlock &BB);
void RemoveAccessedObjects(const AliasAnalysis::Location &LoadedLoc,
- SmallSetVector<Value*, 16> &DeadStackObjects);
+ SmallSetVector<Value *, 16> &DeadStackObjects,
+ const DataLayout &DL);
void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
AU.setPreservesCFG();
@@ -194,18 +196,12 @@ static bool hasMemoryWrite(Instruction *I, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
/// describe the memory operations for this instruction.
static AliasAnalysis::Location
getLocForWrite(Instruction *Inst, AliasAnalysis &AA) {
- const DataLayout *DL = AA.getDataLayout();
if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
return AA.getLocation(SI);
if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(Inst)) {
// memcpy/memmove/memset.
AliasAnalysis::Location Loc = AA.getLocationForDest(MI);
- // If we don't have target data around, an unknown size in Location means
- // that we should use the size of the pointee type. This isn't valid for
- // memset/memcpy, which writes more than an i8.
- if (Loc.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize && DL == nullptr)
- return AliasAnalysis::Location();
return Loc;
}
@@ -215,11 +211,6 @@ getLocForWrite(Instruction *Inst, AliasAnalysis &AA) {
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: return AliasAnalysis::Location(); // Unhandled intrinsic.
case Intrinsic::init_trampoline:
- // If we don't have target data around, an unknown size in Location means
- // that we should use the size of the pointee type. This isn't valid for
- // init.trampoline, which writes more than an i8.
- if (!DL) return AliasAnalysis::Location();
-
// FIXME: We don't know the size of the trampoline, so we can't really
// handle it here.
return AliasAnalysis::Location(II->getArgOperand(0));
@@ -321,9 +312,10 @@ static Value *getStoredPointerOperand(Instruction *I) {
return CS.getArgument(0);
}
-static uint64_t getPointerSize(const Value *V, AliasAnalysis &AA) {
+static uint64_t getPointerSize(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL,
+ const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
uint64_t Size;
- if (getObjectSize(V, Size, AA.getDataLayout(), AA.getTargetLibraryInfo()))
+ if (getObjectSize(V, Size, DL, TLI))
return Size;
return AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize;
}
@@ -343,10 +335,9 @@ namespace {
/// overwritten by 'Later', or 'OverwriteUnknown' if nothing can be determined
static OverwriteResult isOverwrite(const AliasAnalysis::Location &Later,
const AliasAnalysis::Location &Earlier,
- AliasAnalysis &AA,
- int64_t &EarlierOff,
- int64_t &LaterOff) {
- const DataLayout *DL = AA.getDataLayout();
+ const DataLayout &DL,
+ const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+ int64_t &EarlierOff, int64_t &LaterOff) {
const Value *P1 = Earlier.Ptr->stripPointerCasts();
const Value *P2 = Later.Ptr->stripPointerCasts();
@@ -367,7 +358,7 @@ static OverwriteResult isOverwrite(const AliasAnalysis::Location &Later,
// Otherwise, we have to have size information, and the later store has to be
// larger than the earlier one.
if (Later.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize ||
- Earlier.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize || DL == nullptr)
+ Earlier.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize)
return OverwriteUnknown;
// Check to see if the later store is to the entire object (either a global,
@@ -382,7 +373,7 @@ static OverwriteResult isOverwrite(const AliasAnalysis::Location &Later,
return OverwriteUnknown;
// If the "Later" store is to a recognizable object, get its size.
- uint64_t ObjectSize = getPointerSize(UO2, AA);
+ uint64_t ObjectSize = getPointerSize(UO2, DL, TLI);
if (ObjectSize != AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize)
if (ObjectSize == Later.Size && ObjectSize >= Earlier.Size)
return OverwriteComplete;
@@ -560,8 +551,10 @@ bool DSE::runOnBasicBlock(BasicBlock &BB) {
if (isRemovable(DepWrite) &&
!isPossibleSelfRead(Inst, Loc, DepWrite, *AA)) {
int64_t InstWriteOffset, DepWriteOffset;
- OverwriteResult OR = isOverwrite(Loc, DepLoc, *AA,
- DepWriteOffset, InstWriteOffset);
+ const DataLayout &DL = BB.getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ OverwriteResult OR =
+ isOverwrite(Loc, DepLoc, DL, AA->getTargetLibraryInfo(),
+ DepWriteOffset, InstWriteOffset);
if (OR == OverwriteComplete) {
DEBUG(dbgs() << "DSE: Remove Dead Store:\n DEAD: "
<< *DepWrite << "\n KILLER: " << *Inst << '\n');
@@ -655,6 +648,7 @@ bool DSE::HandleFree(CallInst *F) {
AliasAnalysis::Location Loc = AliasAnalysis::Location(F->getOperand(0));
SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 16> Blocks;
Blocks.push_back(F->getParent());
+ const DataLayout &DL = F->getModule()->getDataLayout();
while (!Blocks.empty()) {
BasicBlock *BB = Blocks.pop_back_val();
@@ -668,7 +662,7 @@ bool DSE::HandleFree(CallInst *F) {
break;
Value *DepPointer =
- GetUnderlyingObject(getStoredPointerOperand(Dependency));
+ GetUnderlyingObject(getStoredPointerOperand(Dependency), DL);
// Check for aliasing.
if (!AA->isMustAlias(F->getArgOperand(0), DepPointer))
@@ -728,6 +722,8 @@ bool DSE::handleEndBlock(BasicBlock &BB) {
if (AI->hasByValOrInAllocaAttr())
DeadStackObjects.insert(AI);
+ const DataLayout &DL = BB.getModule()->getDataLayout();
+
// Scan the basic block backwards
for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BB.end(); BBI != BB.begin(); ){
--BBI;
@@ -736,7 +732,7 @@ bool DSE::handleEndBlock(BasicBlock &BB) {
if (hasMemoryWrite(BBI, TLI) && isRemovable(BBI)) {
// See through pointer-to-pointer bitcasts
SmallVector<Value *, 4> Pointers;
- GetUnderlyingObjects(getStoredPointerOperand(BBI), Pointers);
+ GetUnderlyingObjects(getStoredPointerOperand(BBI), Pointers, DL);
// Stores to stack values are valid candidates for removal.
bool AllDead = true;
@@ -799,8 +795,8 @@ bool DSE::handleEndBlock(BasicBlock &BB) {
// the call is live.
DeadStackObjects.remove_if([&](Value *I) {
// See if the call site touches the value.
- AliasAnalysis::ModRefResult A =
- AA->getModRefInfo(CS, I, getPointerSize(I, *AA));
+ AliasAnalysis::ModRefResult A = AA->getModRefInfo(
+ CS, I, getPointerSize(I, DL, AA->getTargetLibraryInfo()));
return A == AliasAnalysis::ModRef || A == AliasAnalysis::Ref;
});
@@ -835,7 +831,7 @@ bool DSE::handleEndBlock(BasicBlock &BB) {
// Remove any allocas from the DeadPointer set that are loaded, as this
// makes any stores above the access live.
- RemoveAccessedObjects(LoadedLoc, DeadStackObjects);
+ RemoveAccessedObjects(LoadedLoc, DeadStackObjects, DL);
// If all of the allocas were clobbered by the access then we're not going
// to find anything else to process.
@@ -850,8 +846,9 @@ bool DSE::handleEndBlock(BasicBlock &BB) {
/// of the stack objects in the DeadStackObjects set. If so, they become live
/// because the location is being loaded.
void DSE::RemoveAccessedObjects(const AliasAnalysis::Location &LoadedLoc,
- SmallSetVector<Value*, 16> &DeadStackObjects) {
- const Value *UnderlyingPointer = GetUnderlyingObject(LoadedLoc.Ptr);
+ SmallSetVector<Value *, 16> &DeadStackObjects,
+ const DataLayout &DL) {
+ const Value *UnderlyingPointer = GetUnderlyingObject(LoadedLoc.Ptr, DL);
// A constant can't be in the dead pointer set.
if (isa<Constant>(UnderlyingPointer))
@@ -867,7 +864,8 @@ void DSE::RemoveAccessedObjects(const AliasAnalysis::Location &LoadedLoc,
// Remove objects that could alias LoadedLoc.
DeadStackObjects.remove_if([&](Value *I) {
// See if the loaded location could alias the stack location.
- AliasAnalysis::Location StackLoc(I, getPointerSize(I, *AA));
+ AliasAnalysis::Location StackLoc(
+ I, getPointerSize(I, DL, AA->getTargetLibraryInfo()));
return !AA->isNoAlias(StackLoc, LoadedLoc);
});
}
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp
index 9309623..d5b9e03 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/RecyclingAllocator.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include <deque>
@@ -263,7 +264,6 @@ namespace {
class EarlyCSE {
public:
Function &F;
- const DataLayout *DL;
const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI;
const TargetTransformInfo &TTI;
DominatorTree &DT;
@@ -308,11 +308,10 @@ public:
unsigned CurrentGeneration;
/// \brief Set up the EarlyCSE runner for a particular function.
- EarlyCSE(Function &F, const DataLayout *DL, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
+ EarlyCSE(Function &F, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
const TargetTransformInfo &TTI, DominatorTree &DT,
AssumptionCache &AC)
- : F(F), DL(DL), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), DT(DT), AC(AC), CurrentGeneration(0) {
- }
+ : F(F), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), DT(DT), AC(AC), CurrentGeneration(0) {}
bool run();
@@ -469,6 +468,7 @@ bool EarlyCSE::processNode(DomTreeNode *Node) {
Instruction *LastStore = nullptr;
bool Changed = false;
+ const DataLayout &DL = BB->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// See if any instructions in the block can be eliminated. If so, do it. If
// not, add them to AvailableValues.
@@ -685,14 +685,12 @@ bool EarlyCSE::run() {
PreservedAnalyses EarlyCSEPass::run(Function &F,
AnalysisManager<Function> *AM) {
- const DataLayout *DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
-
auto &TLI = AM->getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F);
auto &TTI = AM->getResult<TargetIRAnalysis>(F);
auto &DT = AM->getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F);
auto &AC = AM->getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
- EarlyCSE CSE(F, DL, TLI, TTI, DT, AC);
+ EarlyCSE CSE(F, TLI, TTI, DT, AC);
if (!CSE.run())
return PreservedAnalyses::all();
@@ -724,14 +722,12 @@ public:
if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
return false;
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- auto *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
auto &TLI = getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
auto &TTI = getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
auto &DT = getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
auto &AC = getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
- EarlyCSE CSE(F, DL, TLI, TTI, DT, AC);
+ EarlyCSE CSE(F, TLI, TTI, DT, AC);
return CSE.run();
}
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp
index 73a1f25..c73e60f 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/PHITransAddr.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@
#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
@@ -584,14 +585,13 @@ namespace {
/// Emit code into this block to adjust the value defined here to the
/// specified type. This handles various coercion cases.
- Value *MaterializeAdjustedValue(Type *LoadTy, GVN &gvn) const;
+ Value *MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadInst *LI, GVN &gvn) const;
};
class GVN : public FunctionPass {
bool NoLoads;
MemoryDependenceAnalysis *MD;
DominatorTree *DT;
- const DataLayout *DL;
const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
AssumptionCache *AC;
SetVector<BasicBlock *> DeadBlocks;
@@ -630,7 +630,6 @@ namespace {
InstrsToErase.push_back(I);
}
- const DataLayout *getDataLayout() const { return DL; }
DominatorTree &getDominatorTree() const { return *DT; }
AliasAnalysis *getAliasAnalysis() const { return VN.getAliasAnalysis(); }
MemoryDependenceAnalysis &getMemDep() const { return *MD; }
@@ -956,8 +955,9 @@ static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
return -1;
int64_t StoreOffset = 0, LoadOffset = 0;
- Value *StoreBase = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(WritePtr,StoreOffset,&DL);
- Value *LoadBase = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffset, &DL);
+ Value *StoreBase =
+ GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(WritePtr, StoreOffset, DL);
+ Value *LoadBase = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffset, DL);
if (StoreBase != LoadBase)
return -1;
@@ -1021,13 +1021,13 @@ static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
/// This function is called when we have a
/// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering store.
static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
- StoreInst *DepSI,
- const DataLayout &DL) {
+ StoreInst *DepSI) {
// Cannot handle reading from store of first-class aggregate yet.
if (DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isStructTy() ||
DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isArrayTy())
return -1;
+ const DataLayout &DL = DepSI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
Value *StorePtr = DepSI->getPointerOperand();
uint64_t StoreSize =DL.getTypeSizeInBits(DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType());
return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr,
@@ -1052,11 +1052,11 @@ static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
// then we should widen it!
int64_t LoadOffs = 0;
const Value *LoadBase =
- GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffs, &DL);
+ GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffs, DL);
unsigned LoadSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LoadTy);
- unsigned Size = MemoryDependenceAnalysis::
- getLoadLoadClobberFullWidthSize(LoadBase, LoadOffs, LoadSize, DepLI, DL);
+ unsigned Size = MemoryDependenceAnalysis::getLoadLoadClobberFullWidthSize(
+ LoadBase, LoadOffs, LoadSize, DepLI);
if (Size == 0) return -1;
return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, DepPtr, Size*8, DL);
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
Constant *Src = dyn_cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource());
if (!Src) return -1;
- GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GetUnderlyingObject(Src, &DL));
+ GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GetUnderlyingObject(Src, DL));
if (!GV || !GV->isConstant()) return -1;
// See if the access is within the bounds of the transfer.
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset);
Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Src, OffsetCst);
Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::get(LoadTy, AS));
- if (ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, &DL))
+ if (ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, DL))
return Offset;
return -1;
}
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ static Value *GetStoreValueForLoad(Value *SrcVal, unsigned Offset,
static Value *GetLoadValueForLoad(LoadInst *SrcVal, unsigned Offset,
Type *LoadTy, Instruction *InsertPt,
GVN &gvn) {
- const DataLayout &DL = *gvn.getDataLayout();
+ const DataLayout &DL = SrcVal->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// If Offset+LoadTy exceeds the size of SrcVal, then we must be wanting to
// widen SrcVal out to a larger load.
unsigned SrcValSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(SrcVal->getType());
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ static Value *GetMemInstValueForLoad(MemIntrinsic *SrcInst, unsigned Offset,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset);
Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Src, OffsetCst);
Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::get(LoadTy, AS));
- return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, &DL);
+ return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, DL);
}
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ static Value *ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LoadInst *LI,
gvn.getDominatorTree().properlyDominates(ValuesPerBlock[0].BB,
LI->getParent())) {
assert(!ValuesPerBlock[0].isUndefValue() && "Dead BB dominate this block");
- return ValuesPerBlock[0].MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI->getType(), gvn);
+ return ValuesPerBlock[0].MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI, gvn);
}
// Otherwise, we have to construct SSA form.
@@ -1289,8 +1289,6 @@ static Value *ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LoadInst *LI,
SSAUpdater SSAUpdate(&NewPHIs);
SSAUpdate.Initialize(LI->getType(), LI->getName());
- Type *LoadTy = LI->getType();
-
for (unsigned i = 0, e = ValuesPerBlock.size(); i != e; ++i) {
const AvailableValueInBlock &AV = ValuesPerBlock[i];
BasicBlock *BB = AV.BB;
@@ -1298,7 +1296,7 @@ static Value *ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LoadInst *LI,
if (SSAUpdate.HasValueForBlock(BB))
continue;
- SSAUpdate.AddAvailableValue(BB, AV.MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadTy, gvn));
+ SSAUpdate.AddAvailableValue(BB, AV.MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI, gvn));
}
// Perform PHI construction.
@@ -1326,16 +1324,16 @@ static Value *ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LoadInst *LI,
return V;
}
-Value *AvailableValueInBlock::MaterializeAdjustedValue(Type *LoadTy, GVN &gvn) const {
+Value *AvailableValueInBlock::MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadInst *LI,
+ GVN &gvn) const {
Value *Res;
+ Type *LoadTy = LI->getType();
+ const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
if (isSimpleValue()) {
Res = getSimpleValue();
if (Res->getType() != LoadTy) {
- const DataLayout *DL = gvn.getDataLayout();
- assert(DL && "Need target data to handle type mismatch case");
- Res = GetStoreValueForLoad(Res, Offset, LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(),
- *DL);
-
+ Res = GetStoreValueForLoad(Res, Offset, LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(), DL);
+
DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL VAL:\nOffset: " << Offset << " "
<< *getSimpleValue() << '\n'
<< *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n");
@@ -1353,10 +1351,8 @@ Value *AvailableValueInBlock::MaterializeAdjustedValue(Type *LoadTy, GVN &gvn) c
<< *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n");
}
} else if (isMemIntrinValue()) {
- const DataLayout *DL = gvn.getDataLayout();
- assert(DL && "Need target data to handle type mismatch case");
- Res = GetMemInstValueForLoad(getMemIntrinValue(), Offset,
- LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(), *DL);
+ Res = GetMemInstValueForLoad(getMemIntrinValue(), Offset, LoadTy,
+ BB->getTerminator(), DL);
DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL MEM INTRIN:\nOffset: " << Offset
<< " " << *getMemIntrinValue() << '\n'
<< *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n");
@@ -1383,6 +1379,7 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps,
// dependencies that produce an unknown value for the load (such as a call
// that could potentially clobber the load).
unsigned NumDeps = Deps.size();
+ const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumDeps; i != e; ++i) {
BasicBlock *DepBB = Deps[i].getBB();
MemDepResult DepInfo = Deps[i].getResult();
@@ -1409,9 +1406,9 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps,
// read by the load, we can extract the bits we need for the load from the
// stored value.
if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInfo.getInst())) {
- if (DL && Address) {
- int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(LI->getType(), Address,
- DepSI, *DL);
+ if (Address) {
+ int Offset =
+ AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(LI->getType(), Address, DepSI);
if (Offset != -1) {
ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB,
DepSI->getValueOperand(),
@@ -1428,9 +1425,9 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps,
if (LoadInst *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInfo.getInst())) {
// If this is a clobber and L is the first instruction in its block, then
// we have the first instruction in the entry block.
- if (DepLI != LI && Address && DL) {
- int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(LI->getType(), Address,
- DepLI, *DL);
+ if (DepLI != LI && Address) {
+ int Offset =
+ AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(LI->getType(), Address, DepLI, DL);
if (Offset != -1) {
ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getLoad(DepBB,DepLI,
@@ -1443,9 +1440,9 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps,
// If the clobbering value is a memset/memcpy/memmove, see if we can
// forward a value on from it.
if (MemIntrinsic *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(DepInfo.getInst())) {
- if (DL && Address) {
+ if (Address) {
int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(LI->getType(), Address,
- DepMI, *DL);
+ DepMI, DL);
if (Offset != -1) {
ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getMI(DepBB, DepMI,
Offset));
@@ -1484,8 +1481,8 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps,
if (S->getValueOperand()->getType() != LI->getType()) {
// If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can
// reuse it.
- if (!DL || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(S->getValueOperand(),
- LI->getType(), *DL)) {
+ if (!CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(S->getValueOperand(),
+ LI->getType(), DL)) {
UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB);
continue;
}
@@ -1501,7 +1498,7 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps,
if (LD->getType() != LI->getType()) {
// If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can
// reuse it.
- if (!DL || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(LD, LI->getType(),*DL)) {
+ if (!CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(LD, LI->getType(), DL)) {
UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB);
continue;
}
@@ -1613,6 +1610,7 @@ bool GVN::PerformLoadPRE(LoadInst *LI, AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock,
// Check if the load can safely be moved to all the unavailable predecessors.
bool CanDoPRE = true;
+ const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
SmallVector<Instruction*, 8> NewInsts;
for (auto &PredLoad : PredLoads) {
BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = PredLoad.first;
@@ -1833,10 +1831,11 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) {
// ... to a pointer that has been loaded from before...
MemDepResult Dep = MD->getDependency(L);
+ const DataLayout &DL = L->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// If we have a clobber and target data is around, see if this is a clobber
// that we can fix up through code synthesis.
- if (Dep.isClobber() && DL) {
+ if (Dep.isClobber()) {
// Check to see if we have something like this:
// store i32 123, i32* %P
// %A = bitcast i32* %P to i8*
@@ -1849,12 +1848,11 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) {
// access code.
Value *AvailVal = nullptr;
if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Dep.getInst())) {
- int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(L->getType(),
- L->getPointerOperand(),
- DepSI, *DL);
+ int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(
+ L->getType(), L->getPointerOperand(), DepSI);
if (Offset != -1)
AvailVal = GetStoreValueForLoad(DepSI->getValueOperand(), Offset,
- L->getType(), L, *DL);
+ L->getType(), L, DL);
}
// Check to see if we have something like this:
@@ -1867,9 +1865,8 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) {
if (DepLI == L)
return false;
- int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(L->getType(),
- L->getPointerOperand(),
- DepLI, *DL);
+ int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(
+ L->getType(), L->getPointerOperand(), DepLI, DL);
if (Offset != -1)
AvailVal = GetLoadValueForLoad(DepLI, Offset, L->getType(), L, *this);
}
@@ -1877,11 +1874,10 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) {
// If the clobbering value is a memset/memcpy/memmove, see if we can forward
// a value on from it.
if (MemIntrinsic *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(Dep.getInst())) {
- int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(L->getType(),
- L->getPointerOperand(),
- DepMI, *DL);
+ int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(
+ L->getType(), L->getPointerOperand(), DepMI, DL);
if (Offset != -1)
- AvailVal = GetMemInstValueForLoad(DepMI, Offset, L->getType(), L, *DL);
+ AvailVal = GetMemInstValueForLoad(DepMI, Offset, L->getType(), L, DL);
}
if (AvailVal) {
@@ -1932,17 +1928,13 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) {
// actually have the same type. See if we know how to reuse the stored
// value (depending on its type).
if (StoredVal->getType() != L->getType()) {
- if (DL) {
- StoredVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(StoredVal, L->getType(),
- L, *DL);
- if (!StoredVal)
- return false;
-
- DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED STORE:\n" << *DepSI << '\n' << *StoredVal
- << '\n' << *L << "\n\n\n");
- }
- else
+ StoredVal =
+ CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(StoredVal, L->getType(), L, DL);
+ if (!StoredVal)
return false;
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED STORE:\n" << *DepSI << '\n' << *StoredVal
+ << '\n' << *L << "\n\n\n");
}
// Remove it!
@@ -1961,17 +1953,12 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) {
// the same type. See if we know how to reuse the previously loaded value
// (depending on its type).
if (DepLI->getType() != L->getType()) {
- if (DL) {
- AvailableVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(DepLI, L->getType(),
- L, *DL);
- if (!AvailableVal)
- return false;
-
- DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED LOAD:\n" << *DepLI << "\n" << *AvailableVal
- << "\n" << *L << "\n\n\n");
- }
- else
+ AvailableVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(DepLI, L->getType(), L, DL);
+ if (!AvailableVal)
return false;
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED LOAD:\n" << *DepLI << "\n" << *AvailableVal
+ << "\n" << *L << "\n\n\n");
}
// Remove it!
@@ -2239,6 +2226,7 @@ bool GVN::processInstruction(Instruction *I) {
// to value numbering it. Value numbering often exposes redundancies, for
// example if it determines that %y is equal to %x then the instruction
// "%z = and i32 %x, %y" becomes "%z = and i32 %x, %x" which we now simplify.
+ const DataLayout &DL = I->getModule()->getDataLayout();
if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(I, DL, TLI, DT, AC)) {
I->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
if (MD && V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy())
@@ -2357,8 +2345,6 @@ bool GVN::runOnFunction(Function& F) {
if (!NoLoads)
MD = &getAnalysis<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>();
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
VN.setAliasAnalysis(&getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>());
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp
index f99ebbc..51e8041 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
#include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
@@ -44,7 +45,6 @@
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h"
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ namespace {
LoopInfo *LI;
ScalarEvolution *SE;
DominatorTree *DT;
- const DataLayout *DL;
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
const TargetTransformInfo *TTI;
@@ -82,8 +81,8 @@ namespace {
public:
static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
- IndVarSimplify() : LoopPass(ID), LI(nullptr), SE(nullptr), DT(nullptr),
- DL(nullptr), Changed(false) {
+ IndVarSimplify()
+ : LoopPass(ID), LI(nullptr), SE(nullptr), DT(nullptr), Changed(false) {
initializeIndVarSimplifyPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
}
@@ -663,14 +662,14 @@ namespace {
/// extended by this sign or zero extend operation. This is used to determine
/// the final width of the IV before actually widening it.
static void visitIVCast(CastInst *Cast, WideIVInfo &WI, ScalarEvolution *SE,
- const DataLayout *DL, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
+ const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
bool IsSigned = Cast->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt;
if (!IsSigned && Cast->getOpcode() != Instruction::ZExt)
return;
Type *Ty = Cast->getType();
uint64_t Width = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
- if (DL && !DL->isLegalInteger(Width))
+ if (!Cast->getModule()->getDataLayout().isLegalInteger(Width))
return;
// Cast is either an sext or zext up to this point.
@@ -1201,7 +1200,6 @@ PHINode *WidenIV::CreateWideIV(SCEVExpander &Rewriter) {
namespace {
class IndVarSimplifyVisitor : public IVVisitor {
ScalarEvolution *SE;
- const DataLayout *DL;
const TargetTransformInfo *TTI;
PHINode *IVPhi;
@@ -1209,9 +1207,9 @@ namespace {
WideIVInfo WI;
IndVarSimplifyVisitor(PHINode *IV, ScalarEvolution *SCEV,
- const DataLayout *DL, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
+ const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
const DominatorTree *DTree)
- : SE(SCEV), DL(DL), TTI(TTI), IVPhi(IV) {
+ : SE(SCEV), TTI(TTI), IVPhi(IV) {
DT = DTree;
WI.NarrowIV = IVPhi;
if (ReduceLiveIVs)
@@ -1219,9 +1217,7 @@ namespace {
}
// Implement the interface used by simplifyUsersOfIV.
- void visitCast(CastInst *Cast) override {
- visitIVCast(Cast, WI, SE, DL, TTI);
- }
+ void visitCast(CastInst *Cast) override { visitIVCast(Cast, WI, SE, TTI); }
};
}
@@ -1255,7 +1251,7 @@ void IndVarSimplify::SimplifyAndExtend(Loop *L,
PHINode *CurrIV = LoopPhis.pop_back_val();
// Information about sign/zero extensions of CurrIV.
- IndVarSimplifyVisitor Visitor(CurrIV, SE, DL, TTI, DT);
+ IndVarSimplifyVisitor Visitor(CurrIV, SE, TTI, DT);
Changed |= simplifyUsersOfIV(CurrIV, SE, &LPM, DeadInsts, &Visitor);
@@ -1521,9 +1517,8 @@ static bool AlmostDeadIV(PHINode *Phi, BasicBlock *LatchBlock, Value *Cond) {
/// FIXME: Accept non-unit stride as long as SCEV can reduce BECount * Stride.
/// This is difficult in general for SCEV because of potential overflow. But we
/// could at least handle constant BECounts.
-static PHINode *
-FindLoopCounter(Loop *L, const SCEV *BECount,
- ScalarEvolution *SE, DominatorTree *DT, const DataLayout *DL) {
+static PHINode *FindLoopCounter(Loop *L, const SCEV *BECount,
+ ScalarEvolution *SE, DominatorTree *DT) {
uint64_t BCWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(BECount->getType());
Value *Cond =
@@ -1552,7 +1547,8 @@ FindLoopCounter(Loop *L, const SCEV *BECount,
// AR may be wider than BECount. With eq/ne tests overflow is immaterial.
// AR may not be a narrower type, or we may never exit.
uint64_t PhiWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
- if (PhiWidth < BCWidth || (DL && !DL->isLegalInteger(PhiWidth)))
+ if (PhiWidth < BCWidth ||
+ !L->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout().isLegalInteger(PhiWidth))
continue;
const SCEV *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE));
@@ -1705,51 +1701,15 @@ LinearFunctionTestReplace(Loop *L,
// compare against the post-incremented value, otherwise we must compare
// against the preincremented value.
if (L->getExitingBlock() == L->getLoopLatch()) {
+ // Add one to the "backedge-taken" count to get the trip count.
+ // This addition may overflow, which is valid as long as the comparison is
+ // truncated to BackedgeTakenCount->getType().
+ IVCount = SE->getAddExpr(BackedgeTakenCount,
+ SE->getConstant(BackedgeTakenCount->getType(), 1));
// The BackedgeTaken expression contains the number of times that the
// backedge branches to the loop header. This is one less than the
// number of times the loop executes, so use the incremented indvar.
- llvm::Value *IncrementedIndvar =
- IndVar->getIncomingValueForBlock(L->getExitingBlock());
- const auto *IncrementedIndvarSCEV =
- cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE->getSCEV(IncrementedIndvar));
- // It is unsafe to use the incremented indvar if it has a wrapping flag, we
- // don't want to compare against a poison value. Check the SCEV that
- // corresponds to the incremented indvar, the SCEVExpander will only insert
- // flags in the IR if the SCEV originally had wrapping flags.
- // FIXME: In theory, SCEV could drop flags even though they exist in IR.
- // A more robust solution would involve getting a new expression for
- // CmpIndVar by applying non-NSW/NUW AddExprs.
- auto WrappingFlags =
- ScalarEvolution::setFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW, SCEV::FlagNSW);
- const SCEV *IVInit = IncrementedIndvarSCEV->getStart();
- if (SE->getTypeSizeInBits(IVInit->getType()) >
- SE->getTypeSizeInBits(IVCount->getType()))
- IVInit = SE->getTruncateExpr(IVInit, IVCount->getType());
- unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(IVCount->getType());
- Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth + 1);
- // Check if InitIV + BECount+1 requires sign/zero extension.
- // If not, clear the corresponding flag from WrappingFlags because it is not
- // necessary for those flags in the IncrementedIndvarSCEV expression.
- if (SE->getSignExtendExpr(SE->getAddExpr(IVInit, BackedgeTakenCount),
- WideTy) ==
- SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(IVInit, WideTy),
- SE->getSignExtendExpr(BackedgeTakenCount, WideTy)))
- WrappingFlags = ScalarEvolution::clearFlags(WrappingFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
- if (SE->getZeroExtendExpr(SE->getAddExpr(IVInit, BackedgeTakenCount),
- WideTy) ==
- SE->getAddExpr(SE->getZeroExtendExpr(IVInit, WideTy),
- SE->getZeroExtendExpr(BackedgeTakenCount, WideTy)))
- WrappingFlags = ScalarEvolution::clearFlags(WrappingFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
- if (!ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(IncrementedIndvarSCEV->getNoWrapFlags(),
- WrappingFlags)) {
- // Add one to the "backedge-taken" count to get the trip count.
- // This addition may overflow, which is valid as long as the comparison is
- // truncated to BackedgeTakenCount->getType().
- IVCount =
- SE->getAddExpr(BackedgeTakenCount,
- SE->getConstant(BackedgeTakenCount->getType(), 1));
- CmpIndVar = IncrementedIndvar;
- }
+ CmpIndVar = IndVar->getIncomingValueForBlock(L->getExitingBlock());
}
Value *ExitCnt = genLoopLimit(IndVar, IVCount, L, Rewriter, SE);
@@ -1932,12 +1892,11 @@ bool IndVarSimplify::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>();
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
auto *TLIP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
TLI = TLIP ? &TLIP->getTLI() : nullptr;
auto *TTIP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
TTI = TTIP ? &TTIP->getTTI(*L->getHeader()->getParent()) : nullptr;
+ const DataLayout &DL = L->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout();
DeadInsts.clear();
Changed = false;
@@ -1949,7 +1908,7 @@ bool IndVarSimplify::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
// Create a rewriter object which we'll use to transform the code with.
- SCEVExpander Rewriter(*SE, "indvars");
+ SCEVExpander Rewriter(*SE, DL, "indvars");
#ifndef NDEBUG
Rewriter.setDebugType(DEBUG_TYPE);
#endif
@@ -1978,7 +1937,7 @@ bool IndVarSimplify::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
// If we have a trip count expression, rewrite the loop's exit condition
// using it. We can currently only handle loops with a single exit.
if (canExpandBackedgeTakenCount(L, SE) && needsLFTR(L, DT)) {
- PHINode *IndVar = FindLoopCounter(L, BackedgeTakenCount, SE, DT, DL);
+ PHINode *IndVar = FindLoopCounter(L, BackedgeTakenCount, SE, DT);
if (IndVar) {
// Check preconditions for proper SCEVExpander operation. SCEV does not
// express SCEVExpander's dependencies, such as LoopSimplify. Instead any
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/InductiveRangeCheckElimination.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/InductiveRangeCheckElimination.cpp
index 8559e63..cbdacad 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/InductiveRangeCheckElimination.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/InductiveRangeCheckElimination.cpp
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
-
#include "llvm/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
@@ -51,27 +50,23 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
-
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Verifier.h"
-
+#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Cloning.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/UnrollLoop.h"
-
-#include "llvm/Pass.h"
-
#include <array>
using namespace llvm;
@@ -82,6 +77,9 @@ static cl::opt<unsigned> LoopSizeCutoff("irce-loop-size-cutoff", cl::Hidden,
static cl::opt<bool> PrintChangedLoops("irce-print-changed-loops", cl::Hidden,
cl::init(false));
+static cl::opt<bool> PrintRangeChecks("irce-print-range-checks", cl::Hidden,
+ cl::init(false));
+
static cl::opt<int> MaxExitProbReciprocal("irce-max-exit-prob-reciprocal",
cl::Hidden, cl::init(10));
@@ -96,23 +94,41 @@ namespace {
///
/// and
///
-/// 2. a condition that is provably true for some range of values taken by the
-/// containing loop's induction variable.
-///
-/// Currently all inductive range checks are branches conditional on an
-/// expression of the form
+/// 2. a condition that is provably true for some contiguous range of values
+/// taken by the containing loop's induction variable.
///
-/// 0 <= (Offset + Scale * I) < Length
-///
-/// where `I' is the canonical induction variable of a loop to which Offset and
-/// Scale are loop invariant, and Length is >= 0. Currently the 'false' branch
-/// is considered cold, looking at profiling data to verify that is a TODO.
-
class InductiveRangeCheck {
+ // Classifies a range check
+ enum RangeCheckKind : unsigned {
+ // Range check of the form "0 <= I".
+ RANGE_CHECK_LOWER = 1,
+
+ // Range check of the form "I < L" where L is known positive.
+ RANGE_CHECK_UPPER = 2,
+
+ // The logical and of the RANGE_CHECK_LOWER and RANGE_CHECK_UPPER
+ // conditions.
+ RANGE_CHECK_BOTH = RANGE_CHECK_LOWER | RANGE_CHECK_UPPER,
+
+ // Unrecognized range check condition.
+ RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN = (unsigned)-1
+ };
+
+ static const char *rangeCheckKindToStr(RangeCheckKind);
+
const SCEV *Offset;
const SCEV *Scale;
Value *Length;
BranchInst *Branch;
+ RangeCheckKind Kind;
+
+ static RangeCheckKind parseRangeCheckICmp(Loop *L, ICmpInst *ICI,
+ ScalarEvolution &SE, Value *&Index,
+ Value *&Length);
+
+ static InductiveRangeCheck::RangeCheckKind
+ parseRangeCheck(Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE, Value *Condition,
+ const SCEV *&Index, Value *&UpperLimit);
InductiveRangeCheck() :
Offset(nullptr), Scale(nullptr), Length(nullptr), Branch(nullptr) { }
@@ -124,13 +140,17 @@ public:
void print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
OS << "InductiveRangeCheck:\n";
+ OS << " Kind: " << rangeCheckKindToStr(Kind) << "\n";
OS << " Offset: ";
Offset->print(OS);
OS << " Scale: ";
Scale->print(OS);
OS << " Length: ";
- Length->print(OS);
- OS << " Branch: ";
+ if (Length)
+ Length->print(OS);
+ else
+ OS << "(null)";
+ OS << "\n Branch: ";
getBranch()->print(OS);
OS << "\n";
}
@@ -207,160 +227,156 @@ char InductiveRangeCheckElimination::ID = 0;
INITIALIZE_PASS(InductiveRangeCheckElimination, "irce",
"Inductive range check elimination", false, false)
-static bool IsLowerBoundCheck(Value *Check, Value *&IndexV) {
- using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
+const char *InductiveRangeCheck::rangeCheckKindToStr(
+ InductiveRangeCheck::RangeCheckKind RCK) {
+ switch (RCK) {
+ case InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN:
+ return "RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN";
- ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
- Value *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
+ case InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UPPER:
+ return "RANGE_CHECK_UPPER";
- if (!match(Check, m_ICmp(Pred, m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS))))
- return false;
+ case InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_LOWER:
+ return "RANGE_CHECK_LOWER";
+
+ case InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_BOTH:
+ return "RANGE_CHECK_BOTH";
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("unknown range check type!");
+}
+
+/// Parse a single ICmp instruction, `ICI`, into a range check. If `ICI`
+/// cannot
+/// be interpreted as a range check, return `RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN` and set
+/// `Index` and `Length` to `nullptr`. Otherwise set `Index` to the value
+/// being
+/// range checked, and set `Length` to the upper limit `Index` is being range
+/// checked with if (and only if) the range check type is stronger or equal to
+/// RANGE_CHECK_UPPER.
+///
+InductiveRangeCheck::RangeCheckKind
+InductiveRangeCheck::parseRangeCheckICmp(Loop *L, ICmpInst *ICI,
+ ScalarEvolution &SE, Value *&Index,
+ Value *&Length) {
+
+ auto IsNonNegativeAndNotLoopVarying = [&SE, L](Value *V) {
+ const SCEV *S = SE.getSCEV(V);
+ if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(S))
+ return false;
+
+ return SE.getLoopDisposition(S, L) == ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant &&
+ SE.isKnownNonNegative(S);
+ };
+
+ using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
+
+ ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICI->getPredicate();
+ Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
+ Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
switch (Pred) {
default:
- return false;
+ return RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
// fallthrough
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
- if (!match(RHS, m_ConstantInt<0>()))
- return false;
- IndexV = LHS;
- return true;
+ if (match(RHS, m_ConstantInt<0>())) {
+ Index = LHS;
+ return RANGE_CHECK_LOWER;
+ }
+ return RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
// fallthrough
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
- if (!match(RHS, m_ConstantInt<-1>()))
- return false;
- IndexV = LHS;
- return true;
- }
-}
-
-static bool IsUpperBoundCheck(Value *Check, Value *Index, Value *&UpperLimit) {
- using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
-
- ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
- Value *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
-
- if (!match(Check, m_ICmp(Pred, m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS))))
- return false;
+ if (match(RHS, m_ConstantInt<-1>())) {
+ Index = LHS;
+ return RANGE_CHECK_LOWER;
+ }
- switch (Pred) {
- default:
- return false;
+ if (IsNonNegativeAndNotLoopVarying(LHS)) {
+ Index = RHS;
+ Length = LHS;
+ return RANGE_CHECK_UPPER;
+ }
+ return RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
- case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
+ case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
// fallthrough
- case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
- if (LHS != Index)
- return false;
- UpperLimit = RHS;
- return true;
-
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
- std::swap(LHS, RHS);
- // fallthrough
- case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
- if (LHS != Index)
- return false;
- UpperLimit = RHS;
- return true;
+ if (IsNonNegativeAndNotLoopVarying(LHS)) {
+ Index = RHS;
+ Length = LHS;
+ return RANGE_CHECK_BOTH;
+ }
+ return RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
}
+
+ llvm_unreachable("default clause returns!");
}
-/// Split a condition into something semantically equivalent to (0 <= I <
-/// Limit), both comparisons signed and Len loop invariant on L and positive.
-/// On success, return true and set Index to I and UpperLimit to Limit. Return
-/// false on failure (we may still write to UpperLimit and Index on failure).
-/// It does not try to interpret I as a loop index.
-///
-static bool SplitRangeCheckCondition(Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
+/// Parses an arbitrary condition into a range check. `Length` is set only if
+/// the range check is recognized to be `RANGE_CHECK_UPPER` or stronger.
+InductiveRangeCheck::RangeCheckKind
+InductiveRangeCheck::parseRangeCheck(Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
Value *Condition, const SCEV *&Index,
- Value *&UpperLimit) {
-
- // TODO: currently this catches some silly cases like comparing "%idx slt 1".
- // Our transformations are still correct, but less likely to be profitable in
- // those cases. We have to come up with some heuristics that pick out the
- // range checks that are more profitable to clone a loop for. This function
- // in general can be made more robust.
-
+ Value *&Length) {
using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Value *A = nullptr;
Value *B = nullptr;
- ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
-
- // In these early checks we assume that the matched UpperLimit is positive.
- // We'll verify that fact later, before returning true.
if (match(Condition, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
- Value *IndexV = nullptr;
- Value *ExpectedUpperBoundCheck = nullptr;
+ Value *IndexA = nullptr, *IndexB = nullptr;
+ Value *LengthA = nullptr, *LengthB = nullptr;
+ ICmpInst *ICmpA = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(A), *ICmpB = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(B);
- if (IsLowerBoundCheck(A, IndexV))
- ExpectedUpperBoundCheck = B;
- else if (IsLowerBoundCheck(B, IndexV))
- ExpectedUpperBoundCheck = A;
- else
- return false;
+ if (!ICmpA || !ICmpB)
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
- if (!IsUpperBoundCheck(ExpectedUpperBoundCheck, IndexV, UpperLimit))
- return false;
+ auto RCKindA = parseRangeCheckICmp(L, ICmpA, SE, IndexA, LengthA);
+ auto RCKindB = parseRangeCheckICmp(L, ICmpB, SE, IndexB, LengthB);
- Index = SE.getSCEV(IndexV);
+ if (RCKindA == InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN ||
+ RCKindB == InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN)
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
- if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Index))
- return false;
+ if (IndexA != IndexB)
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
- } else if (match(Condition, m_ICmp(Pred, m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
- switch (Pred) {
- default:
- return false;
+ if (LengthA != nullptr && LengthB != nullptr && LengthA != LengthB)
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
- case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
- std::swap(A, B);
- // fall through
- case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
- UpperLimit = B;
- Index = SE.getSCEV(A);
- if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Index) || !SE.isKnownNonNegative(Index))
- return false;
- break;
+ Index = SE.getSCEV(IndexA);
+ if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Index))
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
- case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
- std::swap(A, B);
- // fall through
- case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
- UpperLimit = B;
- Index = SE.getSCEV(A);
- if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Index))
- return false;
- break;
- }
- } else {
- return false;
+ Length = LengthA == nullptr ? LengthB : LengthA;
+
+ return (InductiveRangeCheck::RangeCheckKind)(RCKindA | RCKindB);
}
- const SCEV *UpperLimitSCEV = SE.getSCEV(UpperLimit);
- if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(UpperLimitSCEV) ||
- !SE.isKnownNonNegative(UpperLimitSCEV))
- return false;
+ if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Condition)) {
+ Value *IndexVal = nullptr;
- if (SE.getLoopDisposition(UpperLimitSCEV, L) !=
- ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant) {
- DEBUG(dbgs() << " in function: " << L->getHeader()->getParent()->getName()
- << " ";
- dbgs() << " UpperLimit is not loop invariant: "
- << UpperLimit->getName() << "\n";);
- return false;
+ auto RCKind = parseRangeCheckICmp(L, ICI, SE, IndexVal, Length);
+
+ if (RCKind == InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN)
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
+
+ Index = SE.getSCEV(IndexVal);
+ if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Index))
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
+
+ return RCKind;
}
- return true;
+ return InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN;
}
@@ -380,10 +396,15 @@ InductiveRangeCheck::create(InductiveRangeCheck::AllocatorTy &A, BranchInst *BI,
Value *Length = nullptr;
const SCEV *IndexSCEV = nullptr;
- if (!SplitRangeCheckCondition(L, SE, BI->getCondition(), IndexSCEV, Length))
+ auto RCKind = InductiveRangeCheck::parseRangeCheck(L, SE, BI->getCondition(),
+ IndexSCEV, Length);
+
+ if (RCKind == InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UNKNOWN)
return nullptr;
- assert(IndexSCEV && Length && "contract with SplitRangeCheckCondition!");
+ assert(IndexSCEV && "contract with SplitRangeCheckCondition!");
+ assert((!(RCKind & InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_UPPER) || Length) &&
+ "contract with SplitRangeCheckCondition!");
const SCEVAddRecExpr *IndexAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(IndexSCEV);
bool IsAffineIndex =
@@ -397,6 +418,7 @@ InductiveRangeCheck::create(InductiveRangeCheck::AllocatorTy &A, BranchInst *BI,
IRC->Offset = IndexAddRec->getStart();
IRC->Scale = IndexAddRec->getStepRecurrence(SE);
IRC->Branch = BI;
+ IRC->Kind = RCKind;
return IRC;
}
@@ -685,30 +707,40 @@ LoopStructure::parseLoopStructure(ScalarEvolution &SE, BranchProbabilityInfo &BP
}
}
- auto IsInductionVar = [&SE](const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, bool &IsIncreasing) {
- if (!AR->isAffine())
- return false;
+ auto HasNoSignedWrap = [&](const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
+ if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW))
+ return true;
IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(AR->getType());
IntegerType *WideTy =
IntegerType::get(Ty->getContext(), Ty->getBitWidth() * 2);
- // Currently we only work with induction variables that have been proved to
- // not wrap. This restriction can potentially be lifted in the future.
-
const SCEVAddRecExpr *ExtendAfterOp =
dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR, WideTy));
- if (!ExtendAfterOp)
- return false;
+ if (ExtendAfterOp) {
+ const SCEV *ExtendedStart = SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), WideTy);
+ const SCEV *ExtendedStep =
+ SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE), WideTy);
- const SCEV *ExtendedStart = SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), WideTy);
- const SCEV *ExtendedStep =
- SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE), WideTy);
+ bool NoSignedWrap = ExtendAfterOp->getStart() == ExtendedStart &&
+ ExtendAfterOp->getStepRecurrence(SE) == ExtendedStep;
+
+ if (NoSignedWrap)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // We may have proved this when computing the sign extension above.
+ return AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW) != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
+ };
+
+ auto IsInductionVar = [&](const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, bool &IsIncreasing) {
+ if (!AR->isAffine())
+ return false;
- bool NoSignedWrap = ExtendAfterOp->getStart() == ExtendedStart &&
- ExtendAfterOp->getStepRecurrence(SE) == ExtendedStep;
+ // Currently we only work with induction variables that have been proved to
+ // not wrap. This restriction can potentially be lifted in the future.
- if (!NoSignedWrap)
+ if (!HasNoSignedWrap(AR))
return false;
if (const SCEVConstant *StepExpr =
@@ -791,9 +823,10 @@ LoopStructure::parseLoopStructure(ScalarEvolution &SE, BranchProbabilityInfo &BP
"loop variant exit count doesn't make sense!");
assert(!L.contains(LatchExit) && "expected an exit block!");
-
- Value *IndVarStartV = SCEVExpander(SE, "irce").expandCodeFor(
- IndVarStart, IndVarTy, &*Preheader->rbegin());
+ const DataLayout &DL = Preheader->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ Value *IndVarStartV =
+ SCEVExpander(SE, DL, "irce")
+ .expandCodeFor(IndVarStart, IndVarTy, &*Preheader->rbegin());
IndVarStartV->setName("indvar.start");
LoopStructure Result;
@@ -831,12 +864,35 @@ LoopConstrainer::calculateSubRanges() const {
const SCEV *End = SE.getSCEV(MainLoopStructure.LoopExitAt);
bool Increasing = MainLoopStructure.IndVarIncreasing;
+
// We compute `Smallest` and `Greatest` such that [Smallest, Greatest) is the
// range of values the induction variable takes.
- const SCEV *Smallest =
- Increasing ? Start : SE.getAddExpr(End, SE.getSCEV(One));
- const SCEV *Greatest =
- Increasing ? End : SE.getAddExpr(Start, SE.getSCEV(One));
+
+ const SCEV *Smallest = nullptr, *Greatest = nullptr;
+
+ if (Increasing) {
+ Smallest = Start;
+ Greatest = End;
+ } else {
+ // These two computations may sign-overflow. Here is why that is okay:
+ //
+ // We know that the induction variable does not sign-overflow on any
+ // iteration except the last one, and it starts at `Start` and ends at
+ // `End`, decrementing by one every time.
+ //
+ // * if `Smallest` sign-overflows we know `End` is `INT_SMAX`. Since the
+ // induction variable is decreasing we know that that the smallest value
+ // the loop body is actually executed with is `INT_SMIN` == `Smallest`.
+ //
+ // * if `Greatest` sign-overflows, we know it can only be `INT_SMIN`. In
+ // that case, `Clamp` will always return `Smallest` and
+ // [`Result.LowLimit`, `Result.HighLimit`) = [`Smallest`, `Smallest`)
+ // will be an empty range. Returning an empty range is always safe.
+ //
+
+ Smallest = SE.getAddExpr(End, SE.getSCEV(One));
+ Greatest = SE.getAddExpr(Start, SE.getSCEV(One));
+ }
auto Clamp = [this, Smallest, Greatest](const SCEV *S) {
return SE.getSMaxExpr(Smallest, SE.getSMinExpr(Greatest, S));
@@ -1132,7 +1188,7 @@ bool LoopConstrainer::run() {
IntegerType *IVTy =
cast<IntegerType>(MainLoopStructure.IndVarNext->getType());
- SCEVExpander Expander(SE, "irce");
+ SCEVExpander Expander(SE, F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), "irce");
Instruction *InsertPt = OriginalPreheader->getTerminator();
// It would have been better to make `PreLoop' and `PostLoop'
@@ -1293,8 +1349,19 @@ InductiveRangeCheck::computeSafeIterationSpace(ScalarEvolution &SE,
const SCEV *M = SE.getMinusSCEV(C, A);
const SCEV *Begin = SE.getNegativeSCEV(M);
- const SCEV *End = SE.getMinusSCEV(SE.getSCEV(getLength()), M);
+ const SCEV *UpperLimit = nullptr;
+
+ // We strengthen "0 <= I" to "0 <= I < INT_SMAX" and "I < L" to "0 <= I < L".
+ // We can potentially do much better here.
+ if (Value *V = getLength()) {
+ UpperLimit = SE.getSCEV(V);
+ } else {
+ assert(Kind == InductiveRangeCheck::RANGE_CHECK_LOWER && "invariant!");
+ unsigned BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(IndVar->getType())->getBitWidth();
+ UpperLimit = SE.getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth));
+ }
+ const SCEV *End = SE.getMinusSCEV(UpperLimit, M);
return InductiveRangeCheck::Range(Begin, End);
}
@@ -1344,12 +1411,18 @@ bool InductiveRangeCheckElimination::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
if (RangeChecks.empty())
return false;
- DEBUG(dbgs() << "irce: looking at loop "; L->print(dbgs());
- dbgs() << "irce: loop has " << RangeChecks.size()
- << " inductive range checks: \n";
- for (InductiveRangeCheck *IRC : RangeChecks)
- IRC->print(dbgs());
- );
+ auto PrintRecognizedRangeChecks = [&](raw_ostream &OS) {
+ OS << "irce: looking at loop "; L->print(OS);
+ OS << "irce: loop has " << RangeChecks.size()
+ << " inductive range checks: \n";
+ for (InductiveRangeCheck *IRC : RangeChecks)
+ IRC->print(OS);
+ };
+
+ DEBUG(PrintRecognizedRangeChecks(dbgs()));
+
+ if (PrintRangeChecks)
+ PrintRecognizedRangeChecks(errs());
const char *FailureReason = nullptr;
Optional<LoopStructure> MaybeLoopStructure =
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp
index 8b54abd..83ac915 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
@@ -32,7 +33,6 @@
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
@@ -78,7 +78,6 @@ namespace {
/// revectored to the false side of the second if.
///
class JumpThreading : public FunctionPass {
- const DataLayout *DL;
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
LazyValueInfo *LVI;
#ifdef NDEBUG
@@ -159,8 +158,6 @@ bool JumpThreading::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
return false;
DEBUG(dbgs() << "Jump threading on function '" << F.getName() << "'\n");
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
LVI = &getAnalysis<LazyValueInfo>();
@@ -505,6 +502,7 @@ ComputeValueKnownInPredecessors(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB, PredValueInfo &Result,
assert(Preference == WantInteger && "Compares only produce integers");
PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Cmp->getOperand(0));
if (PN && PN->getParent() == BB) {
+ const DataLayout &DL = PN->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// We can do this simplification if any comparisons fold to true or false.
// See if any do.
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
@@ -709,7 +707,8 @@ bool JumpThreading::ProcessBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
// Run constant folding to see if we can reduce the condition to a simple
// constant.
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Condition)) {
- Value *SimpleVal = ConstantFoldInstruction(I, DL, TLI);
+ Value *SimpleVal =
+ ConstantFoldInstruction(I, BB->getModule()->getDataLayout(), TLI);
if (SimpleVal) {
I->replaceAllUsesWith(SimpleVal);
I->eraseFromParent();
@@ -1521,7 +1520,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::ThreadEdge(BasicBlock *BB,
// At this point, the IR is fully up to date and consistent. Do a quick scan
// over the new instructions and zap any that are constants or dead. This
// frequently happens because of phi translation.
- SimplifyInstructionsInBlock(NewBB, DL, TLI);
+ SimplifyInstructionsInBlock(NewBB, TLI);
// Threaded an edge!
++NumThreads;
@@ -1586,7 +1585,6 @@ bool JumpThreading::DuplicateCondBranchOnPHIIntoPred(BasicBlock *BB,
BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
for (; PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BI); ++BI)
ValueMapping[PN] = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(PredBB);
-
// Clone the non-phi instructions of BB into PredBB, keeping track of the
// mapping and using it to remap operands in the cloned instructions.
for (; BI != BB->end(); ++BI) {
@@ -1603,7 +1601,8 @@ bool JumpThreading::DuplicateCondBranchOnPHIIntoPred(BasicBlock *BB,
// If this instruction can be simplified after the operands are updated,
// just use the simplified value instead. This frequently happens due to
// phi translation.
- if (Value *IV = SimplifyInstruction(New, DL)) {
+ if (Value *IV =
+ SimplifyInstruction(New, BB->getModule()->getDataLayout())) {
delete New;
ValueMapping[BI] = IV;
} else {
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp
index 14af38b..1333b02 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
@@ -52,7 +53,6 @@
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
@@ -76,21 +76,21 @@ static bool isNotUsedInLoop(Instruction &I, Loop *CurLoop);
static bool hoist(Instruction &I, BasicBlock *Preheader);
static bool sink(Instruction &I, LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT,
Loop *CurLoop, AliasSetTracker *CurAST );
-static bool isGuaranteedToExecute(Instruction &Inst, DominatorTree *DT,
- Loop *CurLoop, LICMSafetyInfo * SafetyInfo);
-static bool isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(Instruction &Inst,DominatorTree *DT,
- const DataLayout *DL, Loop *CurLoop,
- LICMSafetyInfo * SafetyInfo);
+static bool isGuaranteedToExecute(Instruction &Inst, DominatorTree *DT,
+ Loop *CurLoop, LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo);
+static bool isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(Instruction &Inst, DominatorTree *DT,
+ Loop *CurLoop,
+ LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo);
static bool pointerInvalidatedByLoop(Value *V, uint64_t Size,
const AAMDNodes &AAInfo,
AliasSetTracker *CurAST);
static Instruction *CloneInstructionInExitBlock(Instruction &I,
BasicBlock &ExitBlock,
PHINode &PN, LoopInfo *LI);
-static bool canSinkOrHoistInst(Instruction &I, AliasAnalysis *AA,
- DominatorTree *DT, const DataLayout *DL,
- Loop *CurLoop, AliasSetTracker *CurAST,
- LICMSafetyInfo * SafetyInfo);
+static bool canSinkOrHoistInst(Instruction &I, AliasAnalysis *AA,
+ DominatorTree *DT, Loop *CurLoop,
+ AliasSetTracker *CurAST,
+ LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo);
namespace {
struct LICM : public LoopPass {
@@ -130,7 +130,6 @@ namespace {
LoopInfo *LI; // Current LoopInfo
DominatorTree *DT; // Dominator Tree for the current Loop.
- const DataLayout *DL; // DataLayout for constant folding.
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI; // TargetLibraryInfo for constant folding.
// State that is updated as we process loops.
@@ -181,8 +180,6 @@ bool LICM::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>();
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
assert(L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && "Loop is not in LCSSA form.");
@@ -235,10 +232,10 @@ bool LICM::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
// instructions, we perform another pass to hoist them out of the loop.
//
if (L->hasDedicatedExits())
- Changed |= sinkRegion(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, DT, DL, TLI,
- CurLoop, CurAST, &SafetyInfo);
+ Changed |= sinkRegion(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, DT, TLI, CurLoop,
+ CurAST, &SafetyInfo);
if (Preheader)
- Changed |= hoistRegion(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, DT, DL, TLI,
+ Changed |= hoistRegion(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, DT, TLI,
CurLoop, CurAST, &SafetyInfo);
// Now that all loop invariants have been removed from the loop, promote any
@@ -291,10 +288,9 @@ bool LICM::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
/// first order w.r.t the DominatorTree. This allows us to visit uses before
/// definitions, allowing us to sink a loop body in one pass without iteration.
///
-bool llvm::sinkRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
- DominatorTree *DT, const DataLayout *DL,
- TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, Loop *CurLoop,
- AliasSetTracker *CurAST, LICMSafetyInfo * SafetyInfo) {
+bool llvm::sinkRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
+ DominatorTree *DT, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, Loop *CurLoop,
+ AliasSetTracker *CurAST, LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo) {
// Verify inputs.
assert(N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr &&
@@ -311,8 +307,8 @@ bool llvm::sinkRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
// We are processing blocks in reverse dfo, so process children first.
const std::vector<DomTreeNode*> &Children = N->getChildren();
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Children.size(); i != e; ++i)
- Changed |= sinkRegion(Children[i], AA, LI, DT, DL, TLI, CurLoop,
- CurAST, SafetyInfo);
+ Changed |=
+ sinkRegion(Children[i], AA, LI, DT, TLI, CurLoop, CurAST, SafetyInfo);
// Only need to process the contents of this block if it is not part of a
// subloop (which would already have been processed).
if (inSubLoop(BB,CurLoop,LI)) return Changed;
@@ -336,8 +332,8 @@ bool llvm::sinkRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
// outside of the loop. In this case, it doesn't even matter if the
// operands of the instruction are loop invariant.
//
- if (isNotUsedInLoop(I, CurLoop) &&
- canSinkOrHoistInst(I, AA, DT, DL, CurLoop, CurAST, SafetyInfo)) {
+ if (isNotUsedInLoop(I, CurLoop) &&
+ canSinkOrHoistInst(I, AA, DT, CurLoop, CurAST, SafetyInfo)) {
++II;
Changed |= sink(I, LI, DT, CurLoop, CurAST);
}
@@ -350,10 +346,9 @@ bool llvm::sinkRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
/// order w.r.t the DominatorTree. This allows us to visit definitions before
/// uses, allowing us to hoist a loop body in one pass without iteration.
///
-bool llvm::hoistRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
- DominatorTree *DT, const DataLayout *DL,
- TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, Loop *CurLoop,
- AliasSetTracker *CurAST, LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo) {
+bool llvm::hoistRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
+ DominatorTree *DT, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, Loop *CurLoop,
+ AliasSetTracker *CurAST, LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo) {
// Verify inputs.
assert(N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr &&
DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && CurAST != nullptr &&
@@ -372,7 +367,8 @@ bool llvm::hoistRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
// Try constant folding this instruction. If all the operands are
// constants, it is technically hoistable, but it would be better to just
// fold it.
- if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(&I, DL, TLI)) {
+ if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(
+ &I, I.getModule()->getDataLayout(), TLI)) {
DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM folding inst: " << I << " --> " << *C << '\n');
CurAST->copyValue(&I, C);
CurAST->deleteValue(&I);
@@ -385,16 +381,16 @@ bool llvm::hoistRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AliasAnalysis *AA, LoopInfo *LI,
// if all of the operands of the instruction are loop invariant and if it
// is safe to hoist the instruction.
//
- if (CurLoop->hasLoopInvariantOperands(&I) &&
- canSinkOrHoistInst(I, AA, DT, DL, CurLoop, CurAST, SafetyInfo) &&
- isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(I, DT, DL, CurLoop, SafetyInfo))
+ if (CurLoop->hasLoopInvariantOperands(&I) &&
+ canSinkOrHoistInst(I, AA, DT, CurLoop, CurAST, SafetyInfo) &&
+ isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(I, DT, CurLoop, SafetyInfo))
Changed |= hoist(I, CurLoop->getLoopPreheader());
}
const std::vector<DomTreeNode*> &Children = N->getChildren();
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Children.size(); i != e; ++i)
- Changed |= hoistRegion(Children[i], AA, LI, DT, DL, TLI, CurLoop,
- CurAST, SafetyInfo);
+ Changed |=
+ hoistRegion(Children[i], AA, LI, DT, TLI, CurLoop, CurAST, SafetyInfo);
return Changed;
}
@@ -424,10 +420,9 @@ void llvm::computeLICMSafetyInfo(LICMSafetyInfo * SafetyInfo, Loop * CurLoop) {
/// canSinkOrHoistInst - Return true if the hoister and sinker can handle this
/// instruction.
///
-bool canSinkOrHoistInst(Instruction &I, AliasAnalysis *AA,
- DominatorTree *DT, const DataLayout *DL,
- Loop *CurLoop, AliasSetTracker *CurAST,
- LICMSafetyInfo * SafetyInfo) {
+bool canSinkOrHoistInst(Instruction &I, AliasAnalysis *AA, DominatorTree *DT,
+ Loop *CurLoop, AliasSetTracker *CurAST,
+ LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo) {
// Loads have extra constraints we have to verify before we can hoist them.
if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(&I)) {
if (!LI->isUnordered())
@@ -487,7 +482,7 @@ bool canSinkOrHoistInst(Instruction &I, AliasAnalysis *AA,
!isa<InsertValueInst>(I))
return false;
- return isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(I, DT, DL, CurLoop, SafetyInfo);
+ return isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(I, DT, CurLoop, SafetyInfo);
}
/// Returns true if a PHINode is a trivially replaceable with an
@@ -643,10 +638,10 @@ static bool hoist(Instruction &I, BasicBlock *Preheader) {
/// or if it is a trapping instruction and is guaranteed to execute.
///
static bool isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(Instruction &Inst, DominatorTree *DT,
- const DataLayout *DL, Loop *CurLoop,
- LICMSafetyInfo * SafetyInfo) {
+ Loop *CurLoop,
+ LICMSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo) {
// If it is not a trapping instruction, it is always safe to hoist.
- if (isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&Inst, DL))
+ if (isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&Inst))
return true;
return isGuaranteedToExecute(Inst, DT, CurLoop, SafetyInfo);
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoadCombine.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoadCombine.cpp
index 11e4d76..1f33f72 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoadCombine.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoadCombine.cpp
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
-
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasSetTracker.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetFolder.h"
-#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
+#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
@@ -52,13 +52,10 @@ struct LoadPOPPair {
class LoadCombine : public BasicBlockPass {
LLVMContext *C;
- const DataLayout *DL;
AliasAnalysis *AA;
public:
- LoadCombine()
- : BasicBlockPass(ID),
- C(nullptr), DL(nullptr), AA(nullptr) {
+ LoadCombine() : BasicBlockPass(ID), C(nullptr), AA(nullptr) {
initializeSROAPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
}
@@ -85,12 +82,6 @@ private:
bool LoadCombine::doInitialization(Function &F) {
DEBUG(dbgs() << "LoadCombine function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
C = &F.getContext();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- if (!DLP) {
- DEBUG(dbgs() << " Skipping LoadCombine -- no target data!\n");
- return false;
- }
- DL = &DLP->getDataLayout();
return true;
}
@@ -100,9 +91,10 @@ PointerOffsetPair LoadCombine::getPointerOffsetPair(LoadInst &LI) {
POP.Offset = 0;
while (isa<BitCastInst>(POP.Pointer) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(POP.Pointer)) {
if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(POP.Pointer)) {
- unsigned BitWidth = DL->getPointerTypeSizeInBits(GEP->getType());
+ auto &DL = LI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ unsigned BitWidth = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(GEP->getType());
APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
- if (GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(*DL, Offset))
+ if (GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset))
POP.Offset += Offset.getZExtValue();
else
// Can't handle GEPs with variable indices.
@@ -145,7 +137,8 @@ bool LoadCombine::aggregateLoads(SmallVectorImpl<LoadPOPPair> &Loads) {
if (PrevOffset == -1ull) {
BaseLoad = L.Load;
PrevOffset = L.POP.Offset;
- PrevSize = DL->getTypeStoreSize(L.Load->getType());
+ PrevSize = L.Load->getModule()->getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSize(
+ L.Load->getType());
AggregateLoads.push_back(L);
continue;
}
@@ -164,7 +157,8 @@ bool LoadCombine::aggregateLoads(SmallVectorImpl<LoadPOPPair> &Loads) {
// FIXME: We may want to handle this case.
continue;
PrevOffset = L.POP.Offset;
- PrevSize = DL->getTypeStoreSize(L.Load->getType());
+ PrevSize = L.Load->getModule()->getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSize(
+ L.Load->getType());
AggregateLoads.push_back(L);
}
if (combineLoads(AggregateLoads))
@@ -215,7 +209,8 @@ bool LoadCombine::combineLoads(SmallVectorImpl<LoadPOPPair> &Loads) {
for (const auto &L : Loads) {
Builder->SetInsertPoint(L.Load);
Value *V = Builder->CreateExtractInteger(
- *DL, NewLoad, cast<IntegerType>(L.Load->getType()),
+ L.Load->getModule()->getDataLayout(), NewLoad,
+ cast<IntegerType>(L.Load->getType()),
L.POP.Offset - Loads[0].POP.Offset, "combine.extract");
L.Load->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
}
@@ -225,13 +220,13 @@ bool LoadCombine::combineLoads(SmallVectorImpl<LoadPOPPair> &Loads) {
}
bool LoadCombine::runOnBasicBlock(BasicBlock &BB) {
- if (skipOptnoneFunction(BB) || !DL)
+ if (skipOptnoneFunction(BB))
return false;
AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>();
- IRBuilder<true, TargetFolder>
- TheBuilder(BB.getContext(), TargetFolder(DL));
+ IRBuilder<true, TargetFolder> TheBuilder(
+ BB.getContext(), TargetFolder(BB.getModule()->getDataLayout()));
Builder = &TheBuilder;
DenseMap<const Value *, SmallVector<LoadPOPPair, 8>> LoadMap;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp
index 243c624..7bc2917 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
@@ -56,7 +57,6 @@
#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
using namespace llvm;
@@ -130,7 +130,6 @@ namespace {
class LoopIdiomRecognize : public LoopPass {
Loop *CurLoop;
- const DataLayout *DL;
DominatorTree *DT;
ScalarEvolution *SE;
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
@@ -139,7 +138,10 @@ namespace {
static char ID;
explicit LoopIdiomRecognize() : LoopPass(ID) {
initializeLoopIdiomRecognizePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
- DL = nullptr; DT = nullptr; SE = nullptr; TLI = nullptr; TTI = nullptr;
+ DT = nullptr;
+ SE = nullptr;
+ TLI = nullptr;
+ TTI = nullptr;
}
bool runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) override;
@@ -179,14 +181,6 @@ namespace {
AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
}
- const DataLayout *getDataLayout() {
- if (DL)
- return DL;
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
- return DL;
- }
-
DominatorTree *getDominatorTree() {
return DT ? DT
: (DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree());
@@ -625,10 +619,6 @@ bool LoopIdiomRecognize::runOnCountableLoop() {
if (BECst->getValue()->getValue() == 0)
return false;
- // We require target data for now.
- if (!getDataLayout())
- return false;
-
// set DT
(void)getDominatorTree();
@@ -742,7 +732,8 @@ bool LoopIdiomRecognize::processLoopStore(StoreInst *SI, const SCEV *BECount) {
Value *StorePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
// Reject stores that are so large that they overflow an unsigned.
- uint64_t SizeInBits = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(StoredVal->getType());
+ auto &DL = CurLoop->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoredVal->getType());
if ((SizeInBits & 7) || (SizeInBits >> 32) != 0)
return false;
@@ -917,7 +908,7 @@ processLoopStridedStore(Value *DestPtr, unsigned StoreSize,
// but it can be turned into memset_pattern if the target supports it.
Value *SplatValue = isBytewiseValue(StoredVal);
Constant *PatternValue = nullptr;
-
+ auto &DL = CurLoop->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout();
unsigned DestAS = DestPtr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
// If we're allowed to form a memset, and the stored value would be acceptable
@@ -928,9 +919,8 @@ processLoopStridedStore(Value *DestPtr, unsigned StoreSize,
CurLoop->isLoopInvariant(SplatValue)) {
// Keep and use SplatValue.
PatternValue = nullptr;
- } else if (DestAS == 0 &&
- TLI->has(LibFunc::memset_pattern16) &&
- (PatternValue = getMemSetPatternValue(StoredVal, *DL))) {
+ } else if (DestAS == 0 && TLI->has(LibFunc::memset_pattern16) &&
+ (PatternValue = getMemSetPatternValue(StoredVal, DL))) {
// Don't create memset_pattern16s with address spaces.
// It looks like we can use PatternValue!
SplatValue = nullptr;
@@ -945,7 +935,7 @@ processLoopStridedStore(Value *DestPtr, unsigned StoreSize,
// header. This allows us to insert code for it in the preheader.
BasicBlock *Preheader = CurLoop->getLoopPreheader();
IRBuilder<> Builder(Preheader->getTerminator());
- SCEVExpander Expander(*SE, "loop-idiom");
+ SCEVExpander Expander(*SE, DL, "loop-idiom");
Type *DestInt8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(DestAS);
@@ -1005,7 +995,7 @@ processLoopStridedStore(Value *DestPtr, unsigned StoreSize,
// Otherwise we should form a memset_pattern16. PatternValue is known to be
// an constant array of 16-bytes. Plop the value into a mergable global.
GlobalVariable *GV = new GlobalVariable(*M, PatternValue->getType(), true,
- GlobalValue::InternalLinkage,
+ GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage,
PatternValue, ".memset_pattern");
GV->setUnnamedAddr(true); // Ok to merge these.
GV->setAlignment(16);
@@ -1042,7 +1032,8 @@ processLoopStoreOfLoopLoad(StoreInst *SI, unsigned StoreSize,
// header. This allows us to insert code for it in the preheader.
BasicBlock *Preheader = CurLoop->getLoopPreheader();
IRBuilder<> Builder(Preheader->getTerminator());
- SCEVExpander Expander(*SE, "loop-idiom");
+ const DataLayout &DL = Preheader->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ SCEVExpander Expander(*SE, DL, "loop-idiom");
// Okay, we have a strided store "p[i]" of a loaded value. We can turn
// this into a memcpy in the loop preheader now if we want. However, this
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp
index 6dc600e..e125026 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp
@@ -77,8 +77,6 @@ bool LoopInstSimplify::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
DominatorTree *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr;
LoopInfo *LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI =
&getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
auto &AC = getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(
@@ -110,6 +108,7 @@ bool LoopInstSimplify::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
WorklistItem Item = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
BasicBlock *BB = Item.getPointer();
bool IsSubloopHeader = Item.getInt();
+ const DataLayout &DL = L->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// Simplify instructions in the current basic block.
for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin(), BE = BB->end(); BI != BE;) {
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInterchange.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInterchange.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7626c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInterchange.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1154 @@
+//===- LoopInterchange.cpp - Loop interchange pass------------------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This Pass handles loop interchange transform.
+// This pass interchanges loops to provide a more cache-friendly memory access
+// patterns.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasSetTracker.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/CodeMetrics.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/DependenceAnalysis.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
+#include "llvm/Pass.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
+#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
+#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h"
+#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
+using namespace llvm;
+
+#define DEBUG_TYPE "loop-interchange"
+
+namespace {
+
+typedef SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopVector;
+
+// TODO: Check if we can use a sparse matrix here.
+typedef std::vector<std::vector<char>> CharMatrix;
+
+// Maximum number of dependencies that can be handled in the dependency matrix.
+static const unsigned MaxMemInstrCount = 100;
+
+// Maximum loop depth supported.
+static const unsigned MaxLoopNestDepth = 10;
+
+struct LoopInterchange;
+
+#ifdef DUMP_DEP_MATRICIES
+void printDepMatrix(CharMatrix &DepMatrix) {
+ for (auto I = DepMatrix.begin(), E = DepMatrix.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ std::vector<char> Vec = *I;
+ for (auto II = Vec.begin(), EE = Vec.end(); II != EE; ++II)
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << *II << " ");
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+bool populateDependencyMatrix(CharMatrix &DepMatrix, unsigned Level, Loop *L,
+ DependenceAnalysis *DA) {
+ typedef SmallVector<Value *, 16> ValueVector;
+ ValueVector MemInstr;
+
+ if (Level > MaxLoopNestDepth) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Cannot handle loops of depth greater than "
+ << MaxLoopNestDepth << "\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // For each block.
+ for (Loop::block_iterator BB = L->block_begin(), BE = L->block_end();
+ BB != BE; ++BB) {
+ // Scan the BB and collect legal loads and stores.
+ for (BasicBlock::iterator I = (*BB)->begin(), E = (*BB)->end(); I != E;
+ ++I) {
+ Instruction *Ins = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I);
+ if (!Ins)
+ return false;
+ LoadInst *Ld = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I);
+ StoreInst *St = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I);
+ if (!St && !Ld)
+ continue;
+ if (Ld && !Ld->isSimple())
+ return false;
+ if (St && !St->isSimple())
+ return false;
+ MemInstr.push_back(I);
+ }
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found " << MemInstr.size()
+ << " Loads and Stores to analyze\n");
+
+ ValueVector::iterator I, IE, J, JE;
+
+ for (I = MemInstr.begin(), IE = MemInstr.end(); I != IE; ++I) {
+ for (J = I, JE = MemInstr.end(); J != JE; ++J) {
+ std::vector<char> Dep;
+ Instruction *Src = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*I);
+ Instruction *Des = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*J);
+ if (Src == Des)
+ continue;
+ if (isa<LoadInst>(Src) && isa<LoadInst>(Des))
+ continue;
+ if (auto D = DA->depends(Src, Des, true)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found Dependency between Src=" << Src << " Des=" << Des
+ << "\n");
+ if (D->isFlow()) {
+ // TODO: Handle Flow dependence.Check if it is sufficient to populate
+ // the Dependence Matrix with the direction reversed.
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Flow dependence not handled");
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (D->isAnti()) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found Anti dependence \n");
+ unsigned Levels = D->getLevels();
+ char Direction;
+ for (unsigned II = 1; II <= Levels; ++II) {
+ const SCEV *Distance = D->getDistance(II);
+ const SCEVConstant *SCEVConst =
+ dyn_cast_or_null<SCEVConstant>(Distance);
+ if (SCEVConst) {
+ const ConstantInt *CI = SCEVConst->getValue();
+ if (CI->isNegative())
+ Direction = '<';
+ else if (CI->isZero())
+ Direction = '=';
+ else
+ Direction = '>';
+ Dep.push_back(Direction);
+ } else if (D->isScalar(II)) {
+ Direction = 'S';
+ Dep.push_back(Direction);
+ } else {
+ unsigned Dir = D->getDirection(II);
+ if (Dir == Dependence::DVEntry::LT ||
+ Dir == Dependence::DVEntry::LE)
+ Direction = '<';
+ else if (Dir == Dependence::DVEntry::GT ||
+ Dir == Dependence::DVEntry::GE)
+ Direction = '>';
+ else if (Dir == Dependence::DVEntry::EQ)
+ Direction = '=';
+ else
+ Direction = '*';
+ Dep.push_back(Direction);
+ }
+ }
+ while (Dep.size() != Level) {
+ Dep.push_back('I');
+ }
+
+ DepMatrix.push_back(Dep);
+ if (DepMatrix.size() > MaxMemInstrCount) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Cannot handle more than " << MaxMemInstrCount
+ << " dependencies inside loop\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // We don't have a DepMatrix to check legality return false
+ if (DepMatrix.size() == 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+// A loop is moved from index 'from' to an index 'to'. Update the Dependence
+// matrix by exchanging the two columns.
+void interChangeDepedencies(CharMatrix &DepMatrix, unsigned FromIndx,
+ unsigned ToIndx) {
+ unsigned numRows = DepMatrix.size();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < numRows; ++i) {
+ char TmpVal = DepMatrix[i][ToIndx];
+ DepMatrix[i][ToIndx] = DepMatrix[i][FromIndx];
+ DepMatrix[i][FromIndx] = TmpVal;
+ }
+}
+
+// Checks if outermost non '=','S'or'I' dependence in the dependence matrix is
+// '>'
+bool isOuterMostDepPositive(CharMatrix &DepMatrix, unsigned Row,
+ unsigned Column) {
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i <= Column; ++i) {
+ if (DepMatrix[Row][i] == '<')
+ return false;
+ if (DepMatrix[Row][i] == '>')
+ return true;
+ }
+ // All dependencies were '=','S' or 'I'
+ return false;
+}
+
+// Checks if no dependence exist in the dependency matrix in Row before Column.
+bool containsNoDependence(CharMatrix &DepMatrix, unsigned Row,
+ unsigned Column) {
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < Column; ++i) {
+ if (DepMatrix[Row][i] != '=' || DepMatrix[Row][i] != 'S' ||
+ DepMatrix[Row][i] != 'I')
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool validDepInterchange(CharMatrix &DepMatrix, unsigned Row,
+ unsigned OuterLoopId, char InnerDep, char OuterDep) {
+
+ if (isOuterMostDepPositive(DepMatrix, Row, OuterLoopId))
+ return false;
+
+ if (InnerDep == OuterDep)
+ return true;
+
+ // It is legal to interchange if and only if after interchange no row has a
+ // '>' direction as the leftmost non-'='.
+
+ if (InnerDep == '=' || InnerDep == 'S' || InnerDep == 'I')
+ return true;
+
+ if (InnerDep == '<')
+ return true;
+
+ if (InnerDep == '>') {
+ // If OuterLoopId represents outermost loop then interchanging will make the
+ // 1st dependency as '>'
+ if (OuterLoopId == 0)
+ return false;
+
+ // If all dependencies before OuterloopId are '=','S'or 'I'. Then
+ // interchanging will result in this row having an outermost non '='
+ // dependency of '>'
+ if (!containsNoDependence(DepMatrix, Row, OuterLoopId))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+// Checks if it is legal to interchange 2 loops.
+// [Theorm] A permutation of the loops in a perfect nest is legal if and only if
+// the direction matrix, after the same permutation is applied to its columns,
+// has no ">" direction as the leftmost non-"=" direction in any row.
+bool isLegalToInterChangeLoops(CharMatrix &DepMatrix, unsigned InnerLoopId,
+ unsigned OuterLoopId) {
+
+ unsigned NumRows = DepMatrix.size();
+ // For each row check if it is valid to interchange.
+ for (unsigned Row = 0; Row < NumRows; ++Row) {
+ char InnerDep = DepMatrix[Row][InnerLoopId];
+ char OuterDep = DepMatrix[Row][OuterLoopId];
+ if (InnerDep == '*' || OuterDep == '*')
+ return false;
+ else if (!validDepInterchange(DepMatrix, Row, OuterLoopId, InnerDep,
+ OuterDep))
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void populateWorklist(Loop &L, SmallVector<LoopVector, 8> &V) {
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Calling populateWorklist called\n");
+ LoopVector LoopList;
+ Loop *CurrentLoop = &L;
+ std::vector<Loop *> vec = CurrentLoop->getSubLoopsVector();
+ while (vec.size() != 0) {
+ // The current loop has multiple subloops in it hence it is not tightly
+ // nested.
+ // Discard all loops above it added into Worklist.
+ if (vec.size() != 1) {
+ LoopList.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+ LoopList.push_back(CurrentLoop);
+ CurrentLoop = *(vec.begin());
+ vec = CurrentLoop->getSubLoopsVector();
+ }
+ LoopList.push_back(CurrentLoop);
+ V.push_back(LoopList);
+}
+
+static PHINode *getInductionVariable(Loop *L, ScalarEvolution *SE) {
+ PHINode *InnerIndexVar = L->getCanonicalInductionVariable();
+ if (InnerIndexVar)
+ return InnerIndexVar;
+ if (L->getLoopLatch() == nullptr || L->getLoopPredecessor() == nullptr)
+ return nullptr;
+ for (BasicBlock::iterator I = L->getHeader()->begin(); isa<PHINode>(I); ++I) {
+ PHINode *PhiVar = cast<PHINode>(I);
+ Type *PhiTy = PhiVar->getType();
+ if (!PhiTy->isIntegerTy() && !PhiTy->isFloatingPointTy() &&
+ !PhiTy->isPointerTy())
+ return nullptr;
+ const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec =
+ dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE->getSCEV(PhiVar));
+ if (!AddRec || !AddRec->isAffine())
+ continue;
+ const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
+ const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
+ if (!C)
+ continue;
+ // Found the induction variable.
+ // FIXME: Handle loops with more than one induction variable. Note that,
+ // currently, legality makes sure we have only one induction variable.
+ return PhiVar;
+ }
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+/// LoopInterchangeLegality checks if it is legal to interchange the loop.
+class LoopInterchangeLegality {
+public:
+ LoopInterchangeLegality(Loop *Outer, Loop *Inner, ScalarEvolution *SE,
+ LoopInterchange *Pass)
+ : OuterLoop(Outer), InnerLoop(Inner), SE(SE), CurrentPass(Pass) {}
+
+ /// Check if the loops can be interchanged.
+ bool canInterchangeLoops(unsigned InnerLoopId, unsigned OuterLoopId,
+ CharMatrix &DepMatrix);
+ /// Check if the loop structure is understood. We do not handle triangular
+ /// loops for now.
+ bool isLoopStructureUnderstood(PHINode *InnerInductionVar);
+
+ bool currentLimitations();
+
+private:
+ bool tightlyNested(Loop *Outer, Loop *Inner);
+
+ Loop *OuterLoop;
+ Loop *InnerLoop;
+
+ /// Scev analysis.
+ ScalarEvolution *SE;
+ LoopInterchange *CurrentPass;
+};
+
+/// LoopInterchangeProfitability checks if it is profitable to interchange the
+/// loop.
+class LoopInterchangeProfitability {
+public:
+ LoopInterchangeProfitability(Loop *Outer, Loop *Inner, ScalarEvolution *SE)
+ : OuterLoop(Outer), InnerLoop(Inner), SE(SE) {}
+
+ /// Check if the loop interchange is profitable
+ bool isProfitable(unsigned InnerLoopId, unsigned OuterLoopId,
+ CharMatrix &DepMatrix);
+
+private:
+ int getInstrOrderCost();
+
+ Loop *OuterLoop;
+ Loop *InnerLoop;
+
+ /// Scev analysis.
+ ScalarEvolution *SE;
+};
+
+/// LoopInterchangeTransform interchanges the loop
+class LoopInterchangeTransform {
+public:
+ LoopInterchangeTransform(Loop *Outer, Loop *Inner, ScalarEvolution *SE,
+ LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT,
+ LoopInterchange *Pass, BasicBlock *LoopNestExit)
+ : OuterLoop(Outer), InnerLoop(Inner), SE(SE), LI(LI), DT(DT),
+ LoopExit(LoopNestExit) {}
+
+ /// Interchange OuterLoop and InnerLoop.
+ bool transform();
+ void restructureLoops(Loop *InnerLoop, Loop *OuterLoop);
+ void removeChildLoop(Loop *OuterLoop, Loop *InnerLoop);
+
+private:
+ void splitInnerLoopLatch(Instruction *);
+ void splitOuterLoopLatch();
+ void splitInnerLoopHeader();
+ bool adjustLoopLinks();
+ void adjustLoopPreheaders();
+ void adjustOuterLoopPreheader();
+ void adjustInnerLoopPreheader();
+ bool adjustLoopBranches();
+
+ Loop *OuterLoop;
+ Loop *InnerLoop;
+
+ /// Scev analysis.
+ ScalarEvolution *SE;
+ LoopInfo *LI;
+ DominatorTree *DT;
+ BasicBlock *LoopExit;
+};
+
+// Main LoopInterchange Pass
+struct LoopInterchange : public FunctionPass {
+ static char ID;
+ ScalarEvolution *SE;
+ LoopInfo *LI;
+ DependenceAnalysis *DA;
+ DominatorTree *DT;
+ LoopInterchange()
+ : FunctionPass(ID), SE(nullptr), LI(nullptr), DA(nullptr), DT(nullptr) {
+ initializeLoopInterchangePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
+ }
+
+ void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
+ AU.addRequired<ScalarEvolution>();
+ AU.addRequired<AliasAnalysis>();
+ AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
+ AU.addRequired<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
+ AU.addRequired<DependenceAnalysis>();
+ AU.addRequiredID(LoopSimplifyID);
+ AU.addRequiredID(LCSSAID);
+ }
+
+ bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override {
+ SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>();
+ LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
+ DA = &getAnalysis<DependenceAnalysis>();
+ auto *DTWP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
+ DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr;
+ // Build up a worklist of loop pairs to analyze.
+ SmallVector<LoopVector, 8> Worklist;
+
+ for (Loop *L : *LI)
+ populateWorklist(*L, Worklist);
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Worklist size = " << Worklist.size() << "\n");
+ bool Changed = true;
+ while (!Worklist.empty()) {
+ LoopVector LoopList = Worklist.pop_back_val();
+ Changed = processLoopList(LoopList);
+ }
+ return Changed;
+ }
+
+ bool isComputableLoopNest(LoopVector LoopList) {
+ for (auto I = LoopList.begin(), E = LoopList.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ Loop *L = *I;
+ const SCEV *ExitCountOuter = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
+ if (ExitCountOuter == SE->getCouldNotCompute()) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Couldn't compute Backedge count\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (L->getNumBackEdges() != 1) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "NumBackEdges is not equal to 1\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (!L->getExitingBlock()) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Loop Doesn't have unique exit block\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ unsigned selectLoopForInterchange(LoopVector LoopList) {
+ // TODO: Add a better heuristic to select the loop to be interchanged based
+ // on the dependece matrix. Currently we select the innermost loop.
+ return LoopList.size() - 1;
+ }
+
+ bool processLoopList(LoopVector LoopList) {
+ bool Changed = false;
+ bool containsLCSSAPHI = false;
+ CharMatrix DependencyMatrix;
+ if (LoopList.size() < 2) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Loop doesn't contain minimum nesting level.\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (!isComputableLoopNest(LoopList)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Not vaild loop candidate for interchange\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+ Loop *OuterMostLoop = *(LoopList.begin());
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Processing LoopList of size = " << LoopList.size()
+ << "\n");
+
+ if (!populateDependencyMatrix(DependencyMatrix, LoopList.size(),
+ OuterMostLoop, DA)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Populating Dependency matrix failed\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+#ifdef DUMP_DEP_MATRICIES
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Dependence before inter change \n");
+ printDepMatrix(DependencyMatrix);
+#endif
+
+ BasicBlock *OuterMostLoopLatch = OuterMostLoop->getLoopLatch();
+ BranchInst *OuterMostLoopLatchBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(OuterMostLoopLatch->getTerminator());
+ if (!OuterMostLoopLatchBI)
+ return false;
+
+ // Since we currently do not handle LCSSA PHI's any failure in loop
+ // condition will now branch to LoopNestExit.
+ // TODO: This should be removed once we handle LCSSA PHI nodes.
+
+ // Get the Outermost loop exit.
+ BasicBlock *LoopNestExit;
+ if (OuterMostLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(0) == OuterMostLoop->getHeader())
+ LoopNestExit = OuterMostLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(1);
+ else
+ LoopNestExit = OuterMostLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(0);
+
+ for (auto I = LoopList.begin(), E = LoopList.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ Loop *L = *I;
+ BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
+ BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
+ if (Latch && Latch != Header && isa<PHINode>(Latch->begin())) {
+ containsLCSSAPHI = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // TODO: Handle lcssa PHI's. Currently LCSSA PHI's are not handled. Handle
+ // the same by splitting the loop latch and adjusting loop links
+ // accordingly.
+ if (containsLCSSAPHI)
+ return false;
+
+ unsigned SelecLoopId = selectLoopForInterchange(LoopList);
+ // Move the selected loop outwards to the best posible position.
+ for (unsigned i = SelecLoopId; i > 0; i--) {
+ bool Interchanged =
+ processLoop(LoopList, i, i - 1, LoopNestExit, DependencyMatrix);
+ if (!Interchanged)
+ return Changed;
+ // Loops interchanged reflect the same in LoopList
+ std::swap(LoopList[i - 1], LoopList[i]);
+
+ // Update the DependencyMatrix
+ interChangeDepedencies(DependencyMatrix, i, i - 1);
+
+#ifdef DUMP_DEP_MATRICIES
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Dependence after inter change \n");
+ printDepMatrix(DependencyMatrix);
+#endif
+ Changed |= Interchanged;
+ }
+ return Changed;
+ }
+
+ bool processLoop(LoopVector LoopList, unsigned InnerLoopId,
+ unsigned OuterLoopId, BasicBlock *LoopNestExit,
+ std::vector<std::vector<char>> &DependencyMatrix) {
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Processing Innder Loop Id = " << InnerLoopId
+ << " and OuterLoopId = " << OuterLoopId << "\n");
+ Loop *InnerLoop = LoopList[InnerLoopId];
+ Loop *OuterLoop = LoopList[OuterLoopId];
+
+ LoopInterchangeLegality LIL(OuterLoop, InnerLoop, SE, this);
+ if (!LIL.canInterchangeLoops(InnerLoopId, OuterLoopId, DependencyMatrix)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Not interchanging Loops. Cannot prove legality\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Loops are legal to interchange\n");
+ LoopInterchangeProfitability LIP(OuterLoop, InnerLoop, SE);
+ if (!LIP.isProfitable(InnerLoopId, OuterLoopId, DependencyMatrix)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Interchanging Loops not profitable\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ LoopInterchangeTransform LIT(OuterLoop, InnerLoop, SE, LI, DT, this,
+ LoopNestExit);
+ LIT.transform();
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Loops interchanged\n");
+ return true;
+ }
+};
+
+} // end of namespace
+
+static bool containsUnsafeInstructions(BasicBlock *BB) {
+ for (auto I = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ if (I->mayHaveSideEffects() || I->mayReadFromMemory())
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool LoopInterchangeLegality::tightlyNested(Loop *OuterLoop, Loop *InnerLoop) {
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopHeader = OuterLoop->getHeader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopLatch = OuterLoop->getLoopLatch();
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Checking if Loops are Tightly Nested\n");
+
+ // A perfectly nested loop will not have any branch in between the outer and
+ // inner block i.e. outer header will branch to either inner preheader and
+ // outerloop latch.
+ BranchInst *outerLoopHeaderBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(OuterLoopHeader->getTerminator());
+ if (!outerLoopHeaderBI)
+ return false;
+ unsigned num = outerLoopHeaderBI->getNumSuccessors();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+ if (outerLoopHeaderBI->getSuccessor(i) != InnerLoopPreHeader &&
+ outerLoopHeaderBI->getSuccessor(i) != OuterLoopLatch)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Checking instructions in Loop header and Loop latch \n");
+ // We do not have any basic block in between now make sure the outer header
+ // and outer loop latch doesnt contain any unsafe instructions.
+ if (containsUnsafeInstructions(OuterLoopHeader) ||
+ containsUnsafeInstructions(OuterLoopLatch))
+ return false;
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Loops are perfectly nested \n");
+ // We have a perfect loop nest.
+ return true;
+}
+
+static unsigned getPHICount(BasicBlock *BB) {
+ unsigned PhiCount = 0;
+ for (auto I = BB->begin(); isa<PHINode>(I); ++I)
+ PhiCount++;
+ return PhiCount;
+}
+
+bool LoopInterchangeLegality::isLoopStructureUnderstood(
+ PHINode *InnerInduction) {
+
+ unsigned Num = InnerInduction->getNumOperands();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreheader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < Num; ++i) {
+ Value *Val = InnerInduction->getOperand(i);
+ if (isa<Constant>(Val))
+ continue;
+ Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
+ if (!I)
+ return false;
+ // TODO: Handle triangular loops.
+ // e.g. for(int i=0;i<N;i++)
+ // for(int j=i;j<N;j++)
+ unsigned IncomBlockIndx = PHINode::getIncomingValueNumForOperand(i);
+ if (InnerInduction->getIncomingBlock(IncomBlockIndx) ==
+ InnerLoopPreheader &&
+ !OuterLoop->isLoopInvariant(I)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+// This function indicates the current limitations in the transform as a result
+// of which we do not proceed.
+bool LoopInterchangeLegality::currentLimitations() {
+
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopHeader = InnerLoop->getHeader();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopHeader = OuterLoop->getHeader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopLatch = InnerLoop->getLoopLatch();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopLatch = OuterLoop->getLoopLatch();
+
+ PHINode *InnerInductionVar;
+ PHINode *OuterInductionVar;
+
+ // We currently handle only 1 induction variable inside the loop. We also do
+ // not handle reductions as of now.
+ if (getPHICount(InnerLoopHeader) > 1)
+ return true;
+
+ if (getPHICount(OuterLoopHeader) > 1)
+ return true;
+
+ InnerInductionVar = getInductionVariable(InnerLoop, SE);
+ OuterInductionVar = getInductionVariable(OuterLoop, SE);
+
+ if (!OuterInductionVar || !InnerInductionVar) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Induction variable not found\n");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // TODO: Triangular loops are not handled for now.
+ if (!isLoopStructureUnderstood(InnerInductionVar)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Loop structure not understood by pass\n");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // TODO: Loops with LCSSA PHI's are currently not handled.
+ if (isa<PHINode>(OuterLoopLatch->begin())) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found and LCSSA PHI in outer loop latch\n");
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (InnerLoopLatch != InnerLoopHeader &&
+ isa<PHINode>(InnerLoopLatch->begin())) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found and LCSSA PHI in inner loop latch\n");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // TODO: Current limitation: Since we split the inner loop latch at the point
+ // were induction variable is incremented (induction.next); We cannot have
+ // more than 1 user of induction.next since it would result in broken code
+ // after split.
+ // e.g.
+ // for(i=0;i<N;i++) {
+ // for(j = 0;j<M;j++) {
+ // A[j+1][i+2] = A[j][i]+k;
+ // }
+ // }
+ bool FoundInduction = false;
+ Instruction *InnerIndexVarInc = nullptr;
+ if (InnerInductionVar->getIncomingBlock(0) == InnerLoopPreHeader)
+ InnerIndexVarInc =
+ dyn_cast<Instruction>(InnerInductionVar->getIncomingValue(1));
+ else
+ InnerIndexVarInc =
+ dyn_cast<Instruction>(InnerInductionVar->getIncomingValue(0));
+
+ if (!InnerIndexVarInc)
+ return true;
+
+ // Since we split the inner loop latch on this induction variable. Make sure
+ // we do not have any instruction between the induction variable and branch
+ // instruction.
+
+ for (auto I = InnerLoopLatch->rbegin(), E = InnerLoopLatch->rend();
+ I != E && !FoundInduction; ++I) {
+ if (isa<BranchInst>(*I) || isa<CmpInst>(*I) || isa<TruncInst>(*I))
+ continue;
+ const Instruction &Ins = *I;
+ // We found an instruction. If this is not induction variable then it is not
+ // safe to split this loop latch.
+ if (!Ins.isIdenticalTo(InnerIndexVarInc))
+ return true;
+ else
+ FoundInduction = true;
+ }
+ // The loop latch ended and we didnt find the induction variable return as
+ // current limitation.
+ if (!FoundInduction)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool LoopInterchangeLegality::canInterchangeLoops(unsigned InnerLoopId,
+ unsigned OuterLoopId,
+ CharMatrix &DepMatrix) {
+
+ if (!isLegalToInterChangeLoops(DepMatrix, InnerLoopId, OuterLoopId)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Failed interchange InnerLoopId = " << InnerLoopId
+ << "and OuterLoopId = " << OuterLoopId
+ << "due to dependence\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Create unique Preheaders if we already do not have one.
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopPreHeader = OuterLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+
+ // Create a unique outer preheader -
+ // 1) If OuterLoop preheader is not present.
+ // 2) If OuterLoop Preheader is same as OuterLoop Header
+ // 3) If OuterLoop Preheader is same as Header of the previous loop.
+ // 4) If OuterLoop Preheader is Entry node.
+ if (!OuterLoopPreHeader || OuterLoopPreHeader == OuterLoop->getHeader() ||
+ isa<PHINode>(OuterLoopPreHeader->begin()) ||
+ !OuterLoopPreHeader->getUniquePredecessor()) {
+ OuterLoopPreHeader = InsertPreheaderForLoop(OuterLoop, CurrentPass);
+ }
+
+ if (!InnerLoopPreHeader || InnerLoopPreHeader == InnerLoop->getHeader() ||
+ InnerLoopPreHeader == OuterLoop->getHeader()) {
+ InnerLoopPreHeader = InsertPreheaderForLoop(InnerLoop, CurrentPass);
+ }
+
+ // Check if the loops are tightly nested.
+ if (!tightlyNested(OuterLoop, InnerLoop)) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Loops not tightly nested\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // TODO: The loops could not be interchanged due to current limitations in the
+ // transform module.
+ if (currentLimitations()) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Not legal because of current transform limitation\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+int LoopInterchangeProfitability::getInstrOrderCost() {
+ unsigned GoodOrder, BadOrder;
+ BadOrder = GoodOrder = 0;
+ for (auto BI = InnerLoop->block_begin(), BE = InnerLoop->block_end();
+ BI != BE; ++BI) {
+ for (auto I = (*BI)->begin(), E = (*BI)->end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ const Instruction &Ins = *I;
+ if (const GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(&Ins)) {
+ unsigned NumOp = GEP->getNumOperands();
+ bool FoundInnerInduction = false;
+ bool FoundOuterInduction = false;
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumOp; ++i) {
+ const SCEV *OperandVal = SE->getSCEV(GEP->getOperand(i));
+ const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(OperandVal);
+ if (!AR)
+ continue;
+
+ // If we find the inner induction after an outer induction e.g.
+ // for(int i=0;i<N;i++)
+ // for(int j=0;j<N;j++)
+ // A[i][j] = A[i-1][j-1]+k;
+ // then it is a good order.
+ if (AR->getLoop() == InnerLoop) {
+ // We found an InnerLoop induction after OuterLoop induction. It is
+ // a good order.
+ FoundInnerInduction = true;
+ if (FoundOuterInduction) {
+ GoodOrder++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // If we find the outer induction after an inner induction e.g.
+ // for(int i=0;i<N;i++)
+ // for(int j=0;j<N;j++)
+ // A[j][i] = A[j-1][i-1]+k;
+ // then it is a bad order.
+ if (AR->getLoop() == OuterLoop) {
+ // We found an OuterLoop induction after InnerLoop induction. It is
+ // a bad order.
+ FoundOuterInduction = true;
+ if (FoundInnerInduction) {
+ BadOrder++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return GoodOrder - BadOrder;
+}
+
+static bool isProfitabileForVectorization(unsigned InnerLoopId,
+ unsigned OuterLoopId,
+ CharMatrix &DepMatrix) {
+ // TODO: Improve this heuristic to catch more cases.
+ // If the inner loop is loop independent or doesn't carry any dependency it is
+ // profitable to move this to outer position.
+ unsigned Row = DepMatrix.size();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < Row; ++i) {
+ if (DepMatrix[i][InnerLoopId] != 'S' && DepMatrix[i][InnerLoopId] != 'I')
+ return false;
+ // TODO: We need to improve this heuristic.
+ if (DepMatrix[i][OuterLoopId] != '=')
+ return false;
+ }
+ // If outer loop has dependence and inner loop is loop independent then it is
+ // profitable to interchange to enable parallelism.
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool LoopInterchangeProfitability::isProfitable(unsigned InnerLoopId,
+ unsigned OuterLoopId,
+ CharMatrix &DepMatrix) {
+
+ // TODO: Add Better Profitibility checks.
+ // e.g
+ // 1) Construct dependency matrix and move the one with no loop carried dep
+ // inside to enable vectorization.
+
+ // This is rough cost estimation algorithm. It counts the good and bad order
+ // of induction variables in the instruction and allows reordering if number
+ // of bad orders is more than good.
+ int Cost = 0;
+ Cost += getInstrOrderCost();
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Cost = " << Cost << "\n");
+ if (Cost < 0)
+ return true;
+
+ // It is not profitable as per current cache profitibility model. But check if
+ // we can move this loop outside to improve parallelism.
+ bool ImprovesPar =
+ isProfitabileForVectorization(InnerLoopId, OuterLoopId, DepMatrix);
+ return ImprovesPar;
+}
+
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::removeChildLoop(Loop *OuterLoop,
+ Loop *InnerLoop) {
+ for (Loop::iterator I = OuterLoop->begin(), E = OuterLoop->end(); I != E;
+ ++I) {
+ if (*I == InnerLoop) {
+ OuterLoop->removeChildLoop(I);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ assert(false && "Couldn't find loop");
+}
+
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::restructureLoops(Loop *InnerLoop,
+ Loop *OuterLoop) {
+ Loop *OuterLoopParent = OuterLoop->getParentLoop();
+ if (OuterLoopParent) {
+ // Remove the loop from its parent loop.
+ removeChildLoop(OuterLoopParent, OuterLoop);
+ removeChildLoop(OuterLoop, InnerLoop);
+ OuterLoopParent->addChildLoop(InnerLoop);
+ } else {
+ removeChildLoop(OuterLoop, InnerLoop);
+ LI->changeTopLevelLoop(OuterLoop, InnerLoop);
+ }
+
+ for (Loop::iterator I = InnerLoop->begin(), E = InnerLoop->end(); I != E; ++I)
+ OuterLoop->addChildLoop(InnerLoop->removeChildLoop(I));
+
+ InnerLoop->addChildLoop(OuterLoop);
+}
+
+bool LoopInterchangeTransform::transform() {
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "transform\n");
+ bool Transformed = false;
+ Instruction *InnerIndexVar;
+
+ if (InnerLoop->getSubLoops().size() == 0) {
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Calling Split Inner Loop\n");
+ PHINode *InductionPHI = getInductionVariable(InnerLoop, SE);
+ if (!InductionPHI) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Failed to find the point to split loop latch \n");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (InductionPHI->getIncomingBlock(0) == InnerLoopPreHeader)
+ InnerIndexVar = dyn_cast<Instruction>(InductionPHI->getIncomingValue(1));
+ else
+ InnerIndexVar = dyn_cast<Instruction>(InductionPHI->getIncomingValue(0));
+
+ //
+ // Split at the place were the induction variable is
+ // incremented/decremented.
+ // TODO: This splitting logic may not work always. Fix this.
+ splitInnerLoopLatch(InnerIndexVar);
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "splitInnerLoopLatch Done\n");
+
+ // Splits the inner loops phi nodes out into a seperate basic block.
+ splitInnerLoopHeader();
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "splitInnerLoopHeader Done\n");
+ }
+
+ Transformed |= adjustLoopLinks();
+ if (!Transformed) {
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "adjustLoopLinks Failed\n");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ restructureLoops(InnerLoop, OuterLoop);
+ return true;
+}
+
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::splitInnerLoopLatch(Instruction *Inc) {
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopLatch = InnerLoop->getLoopLatch();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopLatchPred = InnerLoopLatch;
+ InnerLoopLatch = SplitBlock(InnerLoopLatchPred, Inc, DT, LI);
+}
+
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::splitOuterLoopLatch() {
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopLatch = OuterLoop->getLoopLatch();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLatchLcssaPhiBlock = OuterLoopLatch;
+ OuterLoopLatch = SplitBlock(OuterLatchLcssaPhiBlock,
+ OuterLoopLatch->getFirstNonPHI(), DT, LI);
+}
+
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::splitInnerLoopHeader() {
+
+ // Split the inner loop header out.
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopHeader = InnerLoop->getHeader();
+ SplitBlock(InnerLoopHeader, InnerLoopHeader->getFirstNonPHI(), DT, LI);
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "Output of splitInnerLoopHeader InnerLoopHeaderSucc & "
+ "InnerLoopHeader \n");
+}
+
+/// \brief Move all instructions except the terminator from FromBB right before
+/// InsertBefore
+static void moveBBContents(BasicBlock *FromBB, Instruction *InsertBefore) {
+ auto &ToList = InsertBefore->getParent()->getInstList();
+ auto &FromList = FromBB->getInstList();
+
+ ToList.splice(InsertBefore, FromList, FromList.begin(),
+ FromBB->getTerminator());
+}
+
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::adjustOuterLoopPreheader() {
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopPreHeader = OuterLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+
+ moveBBContents(OuterLoopPreHeader, InnerPreHeader->getTerminator());
+}
+
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::adjustInnerLoopPreheader() {
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *OuterHeader = OuterLoop->getHeader();
+
+ moveBBContents(InnerLoopPreHeader, OuterHeader->getTerminator());
+}
+
+bool LoopInterchangeTransform::adjustLoopBranches() {
+
+ DEBUG(dbgs() << "adjustLoopBranches called\n");
+ // Adjust the loop preheader
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopHeader = InnerLoop->getHeader();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopHeader = OuterLoop->getHeader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopLatch = InnerLoop->getLoopLatch();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopLatch = OuterLoop->getLoopLatch();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopPreHeader = OuterLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopPredecessor = OuterLoopPreHeader->getUniquePredecessor();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopLatchPredecessor =
+ InnerLoopLatch->getUniquePredecessor();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopLatchSuccessor;
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopLatchSuccessor;
+
+ BranchInst *OuterLoopLatchBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(OuterLoopLatch->getTerminator());
+ BranchInst *InnerLoopLatchBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(InnerLoopLatch->getTerminator());
+ BranchInst *OuterLoopHeaderBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(OuterLoopHeader->getTerminator());
+ BranchInst *InnerLoopHeaderBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(InnerLoopHeader->getTerminator());
+
+ if (!OuterLoopPredecessor || !InnerLoopLatchPredecessor ||
+ !OuterLoopLatchBI || !InnerLoopLatchBI || !OuterLoopHeaderBI ||
+ !InnerLoopHeaderBI)
+ return false;
+
+ BranchInst *InnerLoopLatchPredecessorBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(InnerLoopLatchPredecessor->getTerminator());
+ BranchInst *OuterLoopPredecessorBI =
+ dyn_cast<BranchInst>(OuterLoopPredecessor->getTerminator());
+
+ if (!OuterLoopPredecessorBI || !InnerLoopLatchPredecessorBI)
+ return false;
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopHeaderSucessor = InnerLoopHeader->getUniqueSuccessor();
+ if (!InnerLoopHeaderSucessor)
+ return false;
+
+ // Adjust Loop Preheader and headers
+
+ unsigned NumSucc = OuterLoopPredecessorBI->getNumSuccessors();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumSucc; ++i) {
+ if (OuterLoopPredecessorBI->getSuccessor(i) == OuterLoopPreHeader)
+ OuterLoopPredecessorBI->setSuccessor(i, InnerLoopPreHeader);
+ }
+
+ NumSucc = OuterLoopHeaderBI->getNumSuccessors();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumSucc; ++i) {
+ if (OuterLoopHeaderBI->getSuccessor(i) == OuterLoopLatch)
+ OuterLoopHeaderBI->setSuccessor(i, LoopExit);
+ else if (OuterLoopHeaderBI->getSuccessor(i) == InnerLoopPreHeader)
+ OuterLoopHeaderBI->setSuccessor(i, InnerLoopHeaderSucessor);
+ }
+
+ BranchInst::Create(OuterLoopPreHeader, InnerLoopHeaderBI);
+ InnerLoopHeaderBI->eraseFromParent();
+
+ // -------------Adjust loop latches-----------
+ if (InnerLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(0) == InnerLoopHeader)
+ InnerLoopLatchSuccessor = InnerLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(1);
+ else
+ InnerLoopLatchSuccessor = InnerLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(0);
+
+ NumSucc = InnerLoopLatchPredecessorBI->getNumSuccessors();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumSucc; ++i) {
+ if (InnerLoopLatchPredecessorBI->getSuccessor(i) == InnerLoopLatch)
+ InnerLoopLatchPredecessorBI->setSuccessor(i, InnerLoopLatchSuccessor);
+ }
+
+ if (OuterLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(0) == OuterLoopHeader)
+ OuterLoopLatchSuccessor = OuterLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(1);
+ else
+ OuterLoopLatchSuccessor = OuterLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(0);
+
+ if (InnerLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(1) == InnerLoopLatchSuccessor)
+ InnerLoopLatchBI->setSuccessor(1, OuterLoopLatchSuccessor);
+ else
+ InnerLoopLatchBI->setSuccessor(0, OuterLoopLatchSuccessor);
+
+ if (OuterLoopLatchBI->getSuccessor(0) == OuterLoopLatchSuccessor) {
+ OuterLoopLatchBI->setSuccessor(0, InnerLoopLatch);
+ } else {
+ OuterLoopLatchBI->setSuccessor(1, InnerLoopLatch);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+void LoopInterchangeTransform::adjustLoopPreheaders() {
+
+ // We have interchanged the preheaders so we need to interchange the data in
+ // the preheader as well.
+ // This is because the content of inner preheader was previously executed
+ // inside the outer loop.
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopPreHeader = OuterLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *InnerLoopPreHeader = InnerLoop->getLoopPreheader();
+ BasicBlock *OuterLoopHeader = OuterLoop->getHeader();
+ BranchInst *InnerTermBI =
+ cast<BranchInst>(InnerLoopPreHeader->getTerminator());
+
+ BasicBlock *HeaderSplit =
+ SplitBlock(OuterLoopHeader, OuterLoopHeader->getTerminator(), DT, LI);
+ Instruction *InsPoint = HeaderSplit->getFirstNonPHI();
+ // These instructions should now be executed inside the loop.
+ // Move instruction into a new block after outer header.
+ moveBBContents(InnerLoopPreHeader, InsPoint);
+ // These instructions were not executed previously in the loop so move them to
+ // the older inner loop preheader.
+ moveBBContents(OuterLoopPreHeader, InnerTermBI);
+}
+
+bool LoopInterchangeTransform::adjustLoopLinks() {
+
+ // Adjust all branches in the inner and outer loop.
+ bool Changed = adjustLoopBranches();
+ if (Changed)
+ adjustLoopPreheaders();
+ return Changed;
+}
+
+char LoopInterchange::ID = 0;
+INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(LoopInterchange, "loop-interchange",
+ "Interchanges loops for cache reuse", false, false)
+INITIALIZE_AG_DEPENDENCY(AliasAnalysis)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DependenceAnalysis)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ScalarEvolution)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopSimplify)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LCSSA)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
+
+INITIALIZE_PASS_END(LoopInterchange, "loop-interchange",
+ "Interchanges loops for cache reuse", false, false)
+
+Pass *llvm::createLoopInterchangePass() { return new LoopInterchange(); }
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp
index fdf7e3b..ed103e6 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
@@ -30,7 +31,6 @@
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h"
@@ -160,7 +160,6 @@ namespace {
AliasAnalysis *AA;
LoopInfo *LI;
ScalarEvolution *SE;
- const DataLayout *DL;
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
DominatorTree *DT;
@@ -367,10 +366,8 @@ namespace {
struct DAGRootTracker {
DAGRootTracker(LoopReroll *Parent, Loop *L, Instruction *IV,
ScalarEvolution *SE, AliasAnalysis *AA,
- TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, const DataLayout *DL)
- : Parent(Parent), L(L), SE(SE), AA(AA), TLI(TLI),
- DL(DL), IV(IV) {
- }
+ TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
+ : Parent(Parent), L(L), SE(SE), AA(AA), TLI(TLI), IV(IV) {}
/// Stage 1: Find all the DAG roots for the induction variable.
bool findRoots();
@@ -416,7 +413,6 @@ namespace {
ScalarEvolution *SE;
AliasAnalysis *AA;
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
- const DataLayout *DL;
// The loop induction variable.
Instruction *IV;
@@ -1131,7 +1127,7 @@ bool LoopReroll::DAGRootTracker::validate(ReductionTracker &Reductions) {
// needed because otherwise isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute returns
// false on PHI nodes.
if (!isa<PHINode>(I) && !isSimpleLoadStore(I) &&
- !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I, DL))
+ !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I))
// Intervening instructions cause side effects.
FutureSideEffects = true;
}
@@ -1161,11 +1157,10 @@ bool LoopReroll::DAGRootTracker::validate(ReductionTracker &Reductions) {
// side effects, and this instruction might also, then we can't reorder
// them, and this matching fails. As an exception, we allow the alias
// set tracker to handle regular (simple) load/store dependencies.
- if (FutureSideEffects &&
- ((!isSimpleLoadStore(BaseInst) &&
- !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(BaseInst, DL)) ||
- (!isSimpleLoadStore(RootInst) &&
- !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(RootInst, DL)))) {
+ if (FutureSideEffects && ((!isSimpleLoadStore(BaseInst) &&
+ !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(BaseInst)) ||
+ (!isSimpleLoadStore(RootInst) &&
+ !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(RootInst)))) {
DEBUG(dbgs() << "LRR: iteration root match failed at " << *BaseInst <<
" vs. " << *RootInst <<
" (side effects prevent reordering)\n");
@@ -1272,6 +1267,7 @@ void LoopReroll::DAGRootTracker::replace(const SCEV *IterCount) {
++J;
}
+ const DataLayout &DL = Header->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// We need to create a new induction variable for each different BaseInst.
for (auto &DRS : RootSets) {
@@ -1284,7 +1280,7 @@ void LoopReroll::DAGRootTracker::replace(const SCEV *IterCount) {
SE->getConstant(RealIVSCEV->getType(), 1),
L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
{ // Limit the lifetime of SCEVExpander.
- SCEVExpander Expander(*SE, "reroll");
+ SCEVExpander Expander(*SE, DL, "reroll");
Value *NewIV = Expander.expandCodeFor(H, IV->getType(), Header->begin());
for (auto &KV : Uses) {
@@ -1324,7 +1320,7 @@ void LoopReroll::DAGRootTracker::replace(const SCEV *IterCount) {
}
}
- SimplifyInstructionsInBlock(Header, DL, TLI);
+ SimplifyInstructionsInBlock(Header, TLI);
DeleteDeadPHIs(Header, TLI);
}
@@ -1448,7 +1444,7 @@ void LoopReroll::ReductionTracker::replaceSelected() {
bool LoopReroll::reroll(Instruction *IV, Loop *L, BasicBlock *Header,
const SCEV *IterCount,
ReductionTracker &Reductions) {
- DAGRootTracker DAGRoots(this, L, IV, SE, AA, TLI, DL);
+ DAGRootTracker DAGRoots(this, L, IV, SE, AA, TLI);
if (!DAGRoots.findRoots())
return false;
@@ -1477,8 +1473,6 @@ bool LoopReroll::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>();
TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp
index 4d12349..a675e12 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp
@@ -24,8 +24,10 @@
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
@@ -412,6 +414,8 @@ bool LoopRotate::rotateLoop(Loop *L, bool SimplifiedLatch) {
for (; PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I)
ValueMap[PN] = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(OrigPreheader);
+ const DataLayout &DL = L->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+
// For the rest of the instructions, either hoist to the OrigPreheader if
// possible or create a clone in the OldPreHeader if not.
TerminatorInst *LoopEntryBranch = OrigPreheader->getTerminator();
@@ -442,8 +446,8 @@ bool LoopRotate::rotateLoop(Loop *L, bool SimplifiedLatch) {
// With the operands remapped, see if the instruction constant folds or is
// otherwise simplifyable. This commonly occurs because the entry from PHI
// nodes allows icmps and other instructions to fold.
- // FIXME: Provide DL, TLI, DT, AC to SimplifyInstruction.
- Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(C);
+ // FIXME: Provide TLI, DT, AC to SimplifyInstruction.
+ Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(C, DL);
if (V && LI->replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(C, V)) {
// If so, then delete the temporary instruction and stick the folded value
// in the map.
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp
index 318065e..8445d5f 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp
@@ -68,6 +68,7 @@
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
@@ -3825,7 +3826,7 @@ void LSRInstance::GenerateCrossUseConstantOffsets() {
if (C->getValue()->isNegative() !=
(NewF.BaseOffset < 0) &&
(C->getValue()->getValue().abs() * APInt(BitWidth, F.Scale))
- .ule(abs64(NewF.BaseOffset)))
+ .ule(std::abs(NewF.BaseOffset)))
continue;
// OK, looks good.
@@ -3856,7 +3857,7 @@ void LSRInstance::GenerateCrossUseConstantOffsets() {
J != JE; ++J)
if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(*J))
if ((C->getValue()->getValue() + NewF.BaseOffset).abs().slt(
- abs64(NewF.BaseOffset)) &&
+ std::abs(NewF.BaseOffset)) &&
(C->getValue()->getValue() +
NewF.BaseOffset).countTrailingZeros() >=
countTrailingZeros<uint64_t>(NewF.BaseOffset))
@@ -4823,7 +4824,8 @@ LSRInstance::ImplementSolution(const SmallVectorImpl<const Formula *> &Solution,
// we can remove them after we are done working.
SmallVector<WeakVH, 16> DeadInsts;
- SCEVExpander Rewriter(SE, "lsr");
+ SCEVExpander Rewriter(SE, L->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout(),
+ "lsr");
#ifndef NDEBUG
Rewriter.setDebugType(DEBUG_TYPE);
#endif
@@ -5093,7 +5095,8 @@ bool LoopStrengthReduce::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager & /*LPM*/) {
Changed |= DeleteDeadPHIs(L->getHeader());
if (EnablePhiElim && L->isLoopSimplifyForm()) {
SmallVector<WeakVH, 16> DeadInsts;
- SCEVExpander Rewriter(getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(), "lsr");
+ const DataLayout &DL = L->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ SCEVExpander Rewriter(getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(), DL, "lsr");
#ifndef NDEBUG
Rewriter.setDebugType(DEBUG_TYPE);
#endif
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnrollPass.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnrollPass.cpp
index 924be16..600cbde 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnrollPass.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnrollPass.cpp
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/CodeMetrics.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
@@ -23,14 +24,13 @@
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DiagnosticInfo.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/UnrollLoop.h"
-#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
#include <climits>
using namespace llvm;
@@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ static bool isLoadFromConstantInitializer(Value *V) {
return false;
}
+namespace {
struct FindConstantPointers {
bool LoadCanBeConstantFolded;
bool IndexIsConstant;
@@ -356,11 +357,12 @@ class UnrollAnalyzer : public InstVisitor<UnrollAnalyzer, bool> {
if (Constant *SimpleRHS = SimplifiedValues.lookup(RHS))
RHS = SimpleRHS;
Value *SimpleV = nullptr;
+ const DataLayout &DL = I.getModule()->getDataLayout();
if (auto FI = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(&I))
SimpleV =
- SimplifyFPBinOp(I.getOpcode(), LHS, RHS, FI->getFastMathFlags());
+ SimplifyFPBinOp(I.getOpcode(), LHS, RHS, FI->getFastMathFlags(), DL);
else
- SimpleV = SimplifyBinOp(I.getOpcode(), LHS, RHS);
+ SimpleV = SimplifyBinOp(I.getOpcode(), LHS, RHS, DL);
if (SimpleV && CountedInstructions.insert(&I).second)
NumberOfOptimizedInstructions += TTI.getUserCost(&I);
@@ -540,6 +542,7 @@ public:
return NumberOfOptimizedInstructions;
}
};
+} // namespace
// Complete loop unrolling can make some loads constant, and we need to know if
// that would expose any further optimization opportunities.
@@ -619,6 +622,11 @@ static bool HasUnrollDisablePragma(const Loop *L) {
return GetUnrollMetadataForLoop(L, "llvm.loop.unroll.disable");
}
+// Returns true if the loop has an runtime unroll(disable) pragma.
+static bool HasRuntimeUnrollDisablePragma(const Loop *L) {
+ return GetUnrollMetadataForLoop(L, "llvm.loop.unroll.runtime.disable");
+}
+
// If loop has an unroll_count pragma return the (necessarily
// positive) value from the pragma. Otherwise return 0.
static unsigned UnrollCountPragmaValue(const Loop *L) {
@@ -807,6 +815,9 @@ bool LoopUnroll::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) {
// Reduce count based on the type of unrolling and the threshold values.
unsigned OriginalCount = Count;
bool AllowRuntime = UserRuntime ? CurrentRuntime : UP.Runtime;
+ if (HasRuntimeUnrollDisablePragma(L)) {
+ AllowRuntime = false;
+ }
if (Unrolling == Partial) {
bool AllowPartial = UserAllowPartial ? CurrentAllowPartial : UP.Partial;
if (!AllowPartial && !CountSetExplicitly) {
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp
index 987dc96..988d2af 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
@@ -1082,6 +1083,7 @@ void LoopUnswitch::RewriteLoopBodyWithConditionConstant(Loop *L, Value *LIC,
/// pass.
///
void LoopUnswitch::SimplifyCode(std::vector<Instruction*> &Worklist, Loop *L) {
+ const DataLayout &DL = L->getHeader()->getModule()->getDataLayout();
while (!Worklist.empty()) {
Instruction *I = Worklist.back();
Worklist.pop_back();
@@ -1104,7 +1106,7 @@ void LoopUnswitch::SimplifyCode(std::vector<Instruction*> &Worklist, Loop *L) {
// See if instruction simplification can hack this up. This is common for
// things like "select false, X, Y" after unswitching made the condition be
// 'false'. TODO: update the domtree properly so we can pass it here.
- if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(I))
+ if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(I, DL))
if (LI->replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(I, V)) {
ReplaceUsesOfWith(I, V, Worklist, L, LPM);
continue;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp
index 006b885..2b5a078 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
@@ -28,7 +29,6 @@
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include <list>
using namespace llvm;
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ STATISTIC(NumMoveToCpy, "Number of memmoves converted to memcpy");
STATISTIC(NumCpyToSet, "Number of memcpys converted to memset");
static int64_t GetOffsetFromIndex(const GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Idx,
- bool &VariableIdxFound, const DataLayout &TD){
+ bool &VariableIdxFound,
+ const DataLayout &DL) {
// Skip over the first indices.
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
for (unsigned i = 1; i != Idx; ++i, ++GTI)
@@ -57,13 +58,13 @@ static int64_t GetOffsetFromIndex(const GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Idx,
// Handle struct indices, which add their field offset to the pointer.
if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
- Offset += TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(OpC->getZExtValue());
+ Offset += DL.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(OpC->getZExtValue());
continue;
}
// Otherwise, we have a sequential type like an array or vector. Multiply
// the index by the ElementSize.
- uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
+ uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Offset += Size*OpC->getSExtValue();
}
@@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ static int64_t GetOffsetFromIndex(const GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Idx,
/// constant offset, and return that constant offset. For example, Ptr1 might
/// be &A[42], and Ptr2 might be &A[40]. In this case offset would be -8.
static bool IsPointerOffset(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, int64_t &Offset,
- const DataLayout &TD) {
+ const DataLayout &DL) {
Ptr1 = Ptr1->stripPointerCasts();
Ptr2 = Ptr2->stripPointerCasts();
@@ -92,12 +93,12 @@ static bool IsPointerOffset(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, int64_t &Offset,
// If one pointer is a GEP and the other isn't, then see if the GEP is a
// constant offset from the base, as in "P" and "gep P, 1".
if (GEP1 && !GEP2 && GEP1->getOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts() == Ptr2) {
- Offset = -GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP1, 1, VariableIdxFound, TD);
+ Offset = -GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP1, 1, VariableIdxFound, DL);
return !VariableIdxFound;
}
if (GEP2 && !GEP1 && GEP2->getOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts() == Ptr1) {
- Offset = GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP2, 1, VariableIdxFound, TD);
+ Offset = GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP2, 1, VariableIdxFound, DL);
return !VariableIdxFound;
}
@@ -115,8 +116,8 @@ static bool IsPointerOffset(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, int64_t &Offset,
if (GEP1->getOperand(Idx) != GEP2->getOperand(Idx))
break;
- int64_t Offset1 = GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP1, Idx, VariableIdxFound, TD);
- int64_t Offset2 = GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP2, Idx, VariableIdxFound, TD);
+ int64_t Offset1 = GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP1, Idx, VariableIdxFound, DL);
+ int64_t Offset2 = GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP2, Idx, VariableIdxFound, DL);
if (VariableIdxFound) return false;
Offset = Offset2-Offset1;
@@ -150,12 +151,11 @@ struct MemsetRange {
/// TheStores - The actual stores that make up this range.
SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> TheStores;
- bool isProfitableToUseMemset(const DataLayout &TD) const;
-
+ bool isProfitableToUseMemset(const DataLayout &DL) const;
};
} // end anon namespace
-bool MemsetRange::isProfitableToUseMemset(const DataLayout &TD) const {
+bool MemsetRange::isProfitableToUseMemset(const DataLayout &DL) const {
// If we found more than 4 stores to merge or 16 bytes, use memset.
if (TheStores.size() >= 4 || End-Start >= 16) return true;
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ bool MemsetRange::isProfitableToUseMemset(const DataLayout &TD) const {
// size. If so, check to see whether we will end up actually reducing the
// number of stores used.
unsigned Bytes = unsigned(End-Start);
- unsigned MaxIntSize = TD.getLargestLegalIntTypeSize();
+ unsigned MaxIntSize = DL.getLargestLegalIntTypeSize();
if (MaxIntSize == 0)
MaxIntSize = 1;
unsigned NumPointerStores = Bytes / MaxIntSize;
@@ -314,14 +314,12 @@ namespace {
class MemCpyOpt : public FunctionPass {
MemoryDependenceAnalysis *MD;
TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
- const DataLayout *DL;
public:
static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
MemCpyOpt() : FunctionPass(ID) {
initializeMemCpyOptPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
MD = nullptr;
TLI = nullptr;
- DL = nullptr;
}
bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
@@ -377,13 +375,13 @@ INITIALIZE_PASS_END(MemCpyOpt, "memcpyopt", "MemCpy Optimization",
/// attempts to merge them together into a memcpy/memset.
Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst,
Value *StartPtr, Value *ByteVal) {
- if (!DL) return nullptr;
+ const DataLayout &DL = StartInst->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// Okay, so we now have a single store that can be splatable. Scan to find
// all subsequent stores of the same value to offset from the same pointer.
// Join these together into ranges, so we can decide whether contiguous blocks
// are stored.
- MemsetRanges Ranges(*DL);
+ MemsetRanges Ranges(DL);
BasicBlock::iterator BI = StartInst;
for (++BI; !isa<TerminatorInst>(BI); ++BI) {
@@ -406,8 +404,8 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst,
// Check to see if this store is to a constant offset from the start ptr.
int64_t Offset;
- if (!IsPointerOffset(StartPtr, NextStore->getPointerOperand(),
- Offset, *DL))
+ if (!IsPointerOffset(StartPtr, NextStore->getPointerOperand(), Offset,
+ DL))
break;
Ranges.addStore(Offset, NextStore);
@@ -420,7 +418,7 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst,
// Check to see if this store is to a constant offset from the start ptr.
int64_t Offset;
- if (!IsPointerOffset(StartPtr, MSI->getDest(), Offset, *DL))
+ if (!IsPointerOffset(StartPtr, MSI->getDest(), Offset, DL))
break;
Ranges.addMemSet(Offset, MSI);
@@ -452,7 +450,7 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst,
if (Range.TheStores.size() == 1) continue;
// If it is profitable to lower this range to memset, do so now.
- if (!Range.isProfitableToUseMemset(*DL))
+ if (!Range.isProfitableToUseMemset(DL))
continue;
// Otherwise, we do want to transform this! Create a new memset.
@@ -464,7 +462,7 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst,
if (Alignment == 0) {
Type *EltType =
cast<PointerType>(StartPtr->getType())->getElementType();
- Alignment = DL->getABITypeAlignment(EltType);
+ Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(EltType);
}
AMemSet =
@@ -494,8 +492,7 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst,
bool MemCpyOpt::processStore(StoreInst *SI, BasicBlock::iterator &BBI) {
if (!SI->isSimple()) return false;
-
- if (!DL) return false;
+ const DataLayout &DL = SI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// Detect cases where we're performing call slot forwarding, but
// happen to be using a load-store pair to implement it, rather than
@@ -525,16 +522,16 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processStore(StoreInst *SI, BasicBlock::iterator &BBI) {
if (C) {
unsigned storeAlign = SI->getAlignment();
if (!storeAlign)
- storeAlign = DL->getABITypeAlignment(SI->getOperand(0)->getType());
+ storeAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(SI->getOperand(0)->getType());
unsigned loadAlign = LI->getAlignment();
if (!loadAlign)
- loadAlign = DL->getABITypeAlignment(LI->getType());
+ loadAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(LI->getType());
- bool changed = performCallSlotOptzn(LI,
- SI->getPointerOperand()->stripPointerCasts(),
- LI->getPointerOperand()->stripPointerCasts(),
- DL->getTypeStoreSize(SI->getOperand(0)->getType()),
- std::min(storeAlign, loadAlign), C);
+ bool changed = performCallSlotOptzn(
+ LI, SI->getPointerOperand()->stripPointerCasts(),
+ LI->getPointerOperand()->stripPointerCasts(),
+ DL.getTypeStoreSize(SI->getOperand(0)->getType()),
+ std::min(storeAlign, loadAlign), C);
if (changed) {
MD->removeInstruction(SI);
SI->eraseFromParent();
@@ -606,15 +603,13 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::performCallSlotOptzn(Instruction *cpy,
if (!srcAlloca)
return false;
- // Check that all of src is copied to dest.
- if (!DL) return false;
-
ConstantInt *srcArraySize = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(srcAlloca->getArraySize());
if (!srcArraySize)
return false;
- uint64_t srcSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(srcAlloca->getAllocatedType()) *
- srcArraySize->getZExtValue();
+ const DataLayout &DL = cpy->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ uint64_t srcSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(srcAlloca->getAllocatedType()) *
+ srcArraySize->getZExtValue();
if (cpyLen < srcSize)
return false;
@@ -628,8 +623,8 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::performCallSlotOptzn(Instruction *cpy,
if (!destArraySize)
return false;
- uint64_t destSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(A->getAllocatedType()) *
- destArraySize->getZExtValue();
+ uint64_t destSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(A->getAllocatedType()) *
+ destArraySize->getZExtValue();
if (destSize < srcSize)
return false;
@@ -648,7 +643,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::performCallSlotOptzn(Instruction *cpy,
return false;
}
- uint64_t destSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(StructTy);
+ uint64_t destSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(StructTy);
if (destSize < srcSize)
return false;
}
@@ -659,7 +654,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::performCallSlotOptzn(Instruction *cpy,
// Check that dest points to memory that is at least as aligned as src.
unsigned srcAlign = srcAlloca->getAlignment();
if (!srcAlign)
- srcAlign = DL->getABITypeAlignment(srcAlloca->getAllocatedType());
+ srcAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(srcAlloca->getAllocatedType());
bool isDestSufficientlyAligned = srcAlign <= cpyAlign;
// If dest is not aligned enough and we can't increase its alignment then
// bail out.
@@ -959,12 +954,11 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processMemMove(MemMoveInst *M) {
/// processByValArgument - This is called on every byval argument in call sites.
bool MemCpyOpt::processByValArgument(CallSite CS, unsigned ArgNo) {
- if (!DL) return false;
-
+ const DataLayout &DL = CS.getCaller()->getParent()->getDataLayout();
// Find out what feeds this byval argument.
Value *ByValArg = CS.getArgument(ArgNo);
Type *ByValTy = cast<PointerType>(ByValArg->getType())->getElementType();
- uint64_t ByValSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(ByValTy);
+ uint64_t ByValSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ByValTy);
MemDepResult DepInfo =
MD->getPointerDependencyFrom(AliasAnalysis::Location(ByValArg, ByValSize),
true, CS.getInstruction(),
@@ -997,8 +991,8 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processByValArgument(CallSite CS, unsigned ArgNo) {
*CS->getParent()->getParent());
DominatorTree &DT = getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
if (MDep->getAlignment() < ByValAlign &&
- getOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MDep->getSource(), ByValAlign, DL, &AC,
- CS.getInstruction(), &DT) < ByValAlign)
+ getOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MDep->getSource(), ByValAlign, DL,
+ CS.getInstruction(), &AC, &DT) < ByValAlign)
return false;
// Verify that the copied-from memory doesn't change in between the memcpy and
@@ -1077,8 +1071,6 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
bool MadeChange = false;
MD = &getAnalysis<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
// If we don't have at least memset and memcpy, there is little point of doing
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MergedLoadStoreMotion.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MergedLoadStoreMotion.cpp
index 8fad63f..73f4296 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MergedLoadStoreMotion.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MergedLoadStoreMotion.cpp
@@ -81,12 +81,13 @@
#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
#include <vector>
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp
index 98016b4..307cc73 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp
@@ -321,10 +321,8 @@ unsigned Reassociate::getRank(Value *V) {
// If this is a not or neg instruction, do not count it for rank. This
// assures us that X and ~X will have the same rank.
- Type *Ty = V->getType();
- if ((!Ty->isIntegerTy() && !Ty->isFloatingPointTy()) ||
- (!BinaryOperator::isNot(I) && !BinaryOperator::isNeg(I) &&
- !BinaryOperator::isFNeg(I)))
+ if (!BinaryOperator::isNot(I) && !BinaryOperator::isNeg(I) &&
+ !BinaryOperator::isFNeg(I))
++Rank;
DEBUG(dbgs() << "Calculated Rank[" << V->getName() << "] = " << Rank << "\n");
@@ -351,7 +349,7 @@ void Reassociate::canonicalizeOperands(Instruction *I) {
static BinaryOperator *CreateAdd(Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &Name,
Instruction *InsertBefore, Value *FlagsOp) {
- if (S1->getType()->isIntegerTy())
+ if (S1->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy())
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(S1, S2, Name, InsertBefore);
else {
BinaryOperator *Res =
@@ -363,7 +361,7 @@ static BinaryOperator *CreateAdd(Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &Name,
static BinaryOperator *CreateMul(Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &Name,
Instruction *InsertBefore, Value *FlagsOp) {
- if (S1->getType()->isIntegerTy())
+ if (S1->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy())
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(S1, S2, Name, InsertBefore);
else {
BinaryOperator *Res =
@@ -375,7 +373,7 @@ static BinaryOperator *CreateMul(Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &Name,
static BinaryOperator *CreateNeg(Value *S1, const Twine &Name,
Instruction *InsertBefore, Value *FlagsOp) {
- if (S1->getType()->isIntegerTy())
+ if (S1->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy())
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(S1, Name, InsertBefore);
else {
BinaryOperator *Res = BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(S1, Name, InsertBefore);
@@ -388,8 +386,8 @@ static BinaryOperator *CreateNeg(Value *S1, const Twine &Name,
///
static BinaryOperator *LowerNegateToMultiply(Instruction *Neg) {
Type *Ty = Neg->getType();
- Constant *NegOne = Ty->isIntegerTy() ? ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty)
- : ConstantFP::get(Ty, -1.0);
+ Constant *NegOne = Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ?
+ ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty) : ConstantFP::get(Ty, -1.0);
BinaryOperator *Res = CreateMul(Neg->getOperand(1), NegOne, "", Neg, Neg);
Neg->setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Ty)); // Drop use of op.
@@ -872,7 +870,7 @@ void Reassociate::RewriteExprTree(BinaryOperator *I,
Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(I->getType());
NewOp = BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::BinaryOps(Opcode),
Undef, Undef, "", I);
- if (NewOp->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
+ if (NewOp->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy())
NewOp->setFastMathFlags(I->getFastMathFlags());
} else {
NewOp = NodesToRewrite.pop_back_val();
@@ -1520,8 +1518,8 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeAdd(Instruction *I,
// Insert a new multiply.
Type *Ty = TheOp->getType();
- Constant *C = Ty->isIntegerTy() ? ConstantInt::get(Ty, NumFound)
- : ConstantFP::get(Ty, NumFound);
+ Constant *C = Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ?
+ ConstantInt::get(Ty, NumFound) : ConstantFP::get(Ty, NumFound);
Instruction *Mul = CreateMul(TheOp, C, "factor", I, I);
// Now that we have inserted a multiply, optimize it. This allows us to
@@ -1661,7 +1659,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeAdd(Instruction *I,
// from an expression will drop a use of maxocc, and this can cause
// RemoveFactorFromExpression on successive values to behave differently.
Instruction *DummyInst =
- I->getType()->isIntegerTy()
+ I->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()
? BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(MaxOccVal, MaxOccVal)
: BinaryOperator::CreateFAdd(MaxOccVal, MaxOccVal);
@@ -1792,7 +1790,7 @@ static Value *buildMultiplyTree(IRBuilder<> &Builder,
Value *LHS = Ops.pop_back_val();
do {
- if (LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy())
+ if (LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy())
LHS = Builder.CreateMul(LHS, Ops.pop_back_val());
else
LHS = Builder.CreateFMul(LHS, Ops.pop_back_val());
@@ -2090,8 +2088,9 @@ void Reassociate::OptimizeInst(Instruction *I) {
if (I->isCommutative())
canonicalizeOperands(I);
- // Don't optimize vector instructions.
- if (I->getType()->isVectorTy())
+ // TODO: We should optimize vector Xor instructions, but they are
+ // currently unsupported.
+ if (I->getType()->isVectorTy() && I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor)
return;
// Don't optimize floating point instructions that don't have unsafe algebra.
@@ -2170,9 +2169,6 @@ void Reassociate::OptimizeInst(Instruction *I) {
}
void Reassociate::ReassociateExpression(BinaryOperator *I) {
- assert(!I->getType()->isVectorTy() &&
- "Reassociation of vector instructions is not supported.");
-
// First, walk the expression tree, linearizing the tree, collecting the
// operand information.
SmallVector<RepeatedValue, 8> Tree;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/RewriteStatepointsForGC.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/RewriteStatepointsForGC.cpp
index ca9ab54..f5d21ff 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/RewriteStatepointsForGC.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/RewriteStatepointsForGC.cpp
@@ -548,9 +548,6 @@ public:
}
PhiState(Value *b) : status(Base), base(b) {}
PhiState() : status(Unknown), base(nullptr) {}
- PhiState(const PhiState &other) : status(other.status), base(other.base) {
- assert(status != Base || base);
- }
Status getStatus() const { return status; }
Value *getBase() const { return base; }
@@ -684,12 +681,19 @@ static Value *findBasePointer(Value *I, DefiningValueMapTy &cache,
states[def] = PhiState();
// Recursively fill in all phis & selects reachable from the initial one
// for which we don't already know a definite base value for
- // PERF: Yes, this is as horribly inefficient as it looks.
+ // TODO: This should be rewritten with a worklist
bool done = false;
while (!done) {
done = true;
+ // Since we're adding elements to 'states' as we run, we can't keep
+ // iterators into the set.
+ SmallVector<Value*, 16> Keys;
+ Keys.reserve(states.size());
for (auto Pair : states) {
- Value *v = Pair.first;
+ Value *V = Pair.first;
+ Keys.push_back(V);
+ }
+ for (Value *v : Keys) {
assert(!isKnownBaseResult(v) && "why did it get added?");
if (PHINode *phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(v)) {
assert(phi->getNumIncomingValues() > 0 &&
@@ -730,10 +734,12 @@ static Value *findBasePointer(Value *I, DefiningValueMapTy &cache,
// have reached conflict state. The current version seems too conservative.
bool progress = true;
- size_t oldSize = 0;
while (progress) {
- oldSize = states.size();
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ size_t oldSize = states.size();
+#endif
progress = false;
+ // We're only changing keys in this loop, thus safe to keep iterators
for (auto Pair : states) {
MeetPhiStates calculateMeet(states);
Value *v = Pair.first;
@@ -768,46 +774,58 @@ static Value *findBasePointer(Value *I, DefiningValueMapTy &cache,
}
// Insert Phis for all conflicts
+ // We want to keep naming deterministic in the loop that follows, so
+ // sort the keys before iteration. This is useful in allowing us to
+ // write stable tests. Note that there is no invalidation issue here.
+ SmallVector<Value*, 16> Keys;
+ Keys.reserve(states.size());
for (auto Pair : states) {
- Instruction *v = cast<Instruction>(Pair.first);
- PhiState state = Pair.second;
+ Value *V = Pair.first;
+ Keys.push_back(V);
+ }
+ std::sort(Keys.begin(), Keys.end(), order_by_name);
+ // TODO: adjust naming patterns to avoid this order of iteration dependency
+ for (Value *V : Keys) {
+ Instruction *v = cast<Instruction>(V);
+ PhiState state = states[V];
assert(!isKnownBaseResult(v) && "why did it get added?");
assert(!state.isUnknown() && "Optimistic algorithm didn't complete!");
- if (state.isConflict()) {
- if (isa<PHINode>(v)) {
- int num_preds =
- std::distance(pred_begin(v->getParent()), pred_end(v->getParent()));
- assert(num_preds > 0 && "how did we reach here");
- PHINode *phi = PHINode::Create(v->getType(), num_preds, "base_phi", v);
- NewInsertedDefs.insert(phi);
- // Add metadata marking this as a base value
- auto *const_1 = ConstantInt::get(
- Type::getInt32Ty(
- v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext()),
- 1);
- auto MDConst = ConstantAsMetadata::get(const_1);
- MDNode *md = MDNode::get(
- v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext(), MDConst);
- phi->setMetadata("is_base_value", md);
- states[v] = PhiState(PhiState::Conflict, phi);
- } else if (SelectInst *sel = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(v)) {
- // The undef will be replaced later
- UndefValue *undef = UndefValue::get(sel->getType());
- SelectInst *basesel = SelectInst::Create(sel->getCondition(), undef,
- undef, "base_select", sel);
- NewInsertedDefs.insert(basesel);
- // Add metadata marking this as a base value
- auto *const_1 = ConstantInt::get(
- Type::getInt32Ty(
- v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext()),
- 1);
- auto MDConst = ConstantAsMetadata::get(const_1);
- MDNode *md = MDNode::get(
- v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext(), MDConst);
- basesel->setMetadata("is_base_value", md);
- states[v] = PhiState(PhiState::Conflict, basesel);
- } else
- llvm_unreachable("unknown conflict type");
+ if (!state.isConflict())
+ continue;
+
+ if (isa<PHINode>(v)) {
+ int num_preds =
+ std::distance(pred_begin(v->getParent()), pred_end(v->getParent()));
+ assert(num_preds > 0 && "how did we reach here");
+ PHINode *phi = PHINode::Create(v->getType(), num_preds, "base_phi", v);
+ NewInsertedDefs.insert(phi);
+ // Add metadata marking this as a base value
+ auto *const_1 = ConstantInt::get(
+ Type::getInt32Ty(
+ v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext()),
+ 1);
+ auto MDConst = ConstantAsMetadata::get(const_1);
+ MDNode *md = MDNode::get(
+ v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext(), MDConst);
+ phi->setMetadata("is_base_value", md);
+ states[v] = PhiState(PhiState::Conflict, phi);
+ } else {
+ SelectInst *sel = cast<SelectInst>(v);
+ // The undef will be replaced later
+ UndefValue *undef = UndefValue::get(sel->getType());
+ SelectInst *basesel = SelectInst::Create(sel->getCondition(), undef,
+ undef, "base_select", sel);
+ NewInsertedDefs.insert(basesel);
+ // Add metadata marking this as a base value
+ auto *const_1 = ConstantInt::get(
+ Type::getInt32Ty(
+ v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext()),
+ 1);
+ auto MDConst = ConstantAsMetadata::get(const_1);
+ MDNode *md = MDNode::get(
+ v->getParent()->getParent()->getParent()->getContext(), MDConst);
+ basesel->setMetadata("is_base_value", md);
+ states[v] = PhiState(PhiState::Conflict, basesel);
}
}
@@ -818,97 +836,98 @@ static Value *findBasePointer(Value *I, DefiningValueMapTy &cache,
assert(!isKnownBaseResult(v) && "why did it get added?");
assert(!state.isUnknown() && "Optimistic algorithm didn't complete!");
- if (state.isConflict()) {
- if (PHINode *basephi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(state.getBase())) {
- PHINode *phi = cast<PHINode>(v);
- unsigned NumPHIValues = phi->getNumIncomingValues();
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumPHIValues; i++) {
- Value *InVal = phi->getIncomingValue(i);
- BasicBlock *InBB = phi->getIncomingBlock(i);
-
- // If we've already seen InBB, add the same incoming value
- // we added for it earlier. The IR verifier requires phi
- // nodes with multiple entries from the same basic block
- // to have the same incoming value for each of those
- // entries. If we don't do this check here and basephi
- // has a different type than base, we'll end up adding two
- // bitcasts (and hence two distinct values) as incoming
- // values for the same basic block.
-
- int blockIndex = basephi->getBasicBlockIndex(InBB);
- if (blockIndex != -1) {
- Value *oldBase = basephi->getIncomingValue(blockIndex);
- basephi->addIncoming(oldBase, InBB);
+ if (!state.isConflict())
+ continue;
+
+ if (PHINode *basephi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(state.getBase())) {
+ PHINode *phi = cast<PHINode>(v);
+ unsigned NumPHIValues = phi->getNumIncomingValues();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumPHIValues; i++) {
+ Value *InVal = phi->getIncomingValue(i);
+ BasicBlock *InBB = phi->getIncomingBlock(i);
+
+ // If we've already seen InBB, add the same incoming value
+ // we added for it earlier. The IR verifier requires phi
+ // nodes with multiple entries from the same basic block
+ // to have the same incoming value for each of those
+ // entries. If we don't do this check here and basephi
+ // has a different type than base, we'll end up adding two
+ // bitcasts (and hence two distinct values) as incoming
+ // values for the same basic block.
+
+ int blockIndex = basephi->getBasicBlockIndex(InBB);
+ if (blockIndex != -1) {
+ Value *oldBase = basephi->getIncomingValue(blockIndex);
+ basephi->addIncoming(oldBase, InBB);
#ifndef NDEBUG
- Value *base = findBaseOrBDV(InVal, cache);
- if (!isKnownBaseResult(base)) {
- // Either conflict or base.
- assert(states.count(base));
- base = states[base].getBase();
- assert(base != nullptr && "unknown PhiState!");
- assert(NewInsertedDefs.count(base) &&
- "should have already added this in a prev. iteration!");
- }
-
- // In essense this assert states: the only way two
- // values incoming from the same basic block may be
- // different is by being different bitcasts of the same
- // value. A cleanup that remains TODO is changing
- // findBaseOrBDV to return an llvm::Value of the correct
- // type (and still remain pure). This will remove the
- // need to add bitcasts.
- assert(base->stripPointerCasts() == oldBase->stripPointerCasts() &&
- "sanity -- findBaseOrBDV should be pure!");
-#endif
- continue;
- }
-
- // Find either the defining value for the PHI or the normal base for
- // a non-phi node
Value *base = findBaseOrBDV(InVal, cache);
if (!isKnownBaseResult(base)) {
// Either conflict or base.
assert(states.count(base));
base = states[base].getBase();
assert(base != nullptr && "unknown PhiState!");
+ assert(NewInsertedDefs.count(base) &&
+ "should have already added this in a prev. iteration!");
}
- assert(base && "can't be null");
- // Must use original input BB since base may not be Instruction
- // The cast is needed since base traversal may strip away bitcasts
- if (base->getType() != basephi->getType()) {
- base = new BitCastInst(base, basephi->getType(), "cast",
- InBB->getTerminator());
- NewInsertedDefs.insert(base);
- }
- basephi->addIncoming(base, InBB);
+
+ // In essense this assert states: the only way two
+ // values incoming from the same basic block may be
+ // different is by being different bitcasts of the same
+ // value. A cleanup that remains TODO is changing
+ // findBaseOrBDV to return an llvm::Value of the correct
+ // type (and still remain pure). This will remove the
+ // need to add bitcasts.
+ assert(base->stripPointerCasts() == oldBase->stripPointerCasts() &&
+ "sanity -- findBaseOrBDV should be pure!");
+#endif
+ continue;
}
- assert(basephi->getNumIncomingValues() == NumPHIValues);
- } else if (SelectInst *basesel = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(state.getBase())) {
- SelectInst *sel = cast<SelectInst>(v);
- // Operand 1 & 2 are true, false path respectively. TODO: refactor to
- // something more safe and less hacky.
- for (int i = 1; i <= 2; i++) {
- Value *InVal = sel->getOperand(i);
- // Find either the defining value for the PHI or the normal base for
- // a non-phi node
- Value *base = findBaseOrBDV(InVal, cache);
- if (!isKnownBaseResult(base)) {
- // Either conflict or base.
- assert(states.count(base));
- base = states[base].getBase();
- assert(base != nullptr && "unknown PhiState!");
- }
- assert(base && "can't be null");
- // Must use original input BB since base may not be Instruction
- // The cast is needed since base traversal may strip away bitcasts
- if (base->getType() != basesel->getType()) {
- base = new BitCastInst(base, basesel->getType(), "cast", basesel);
- NewInsertedDefs.insert(base);
- }
- basesel->setOperand(i, base);
+
+ // Find either the defining value for the PHI or the normal base for
+ // a non-phi node
+ Value *base = findBaseOrBDV(InVal, cache);
+ if (!isKnownBaseResult(base)) {
+ // Either conflict or base.
+ assert(states.count(base));
+ base = states[base].getBase();
+ assert(base != nullptr && "unknown PhiState!");
}
- } else
- llvm_unreachable("unexpected conflict type");
+ assert(base && "can't be null");
+ // Must use original input BB since base may not be Instruction
+ // The cast is needed since base traversal may strip away bitcasts
+ if (base->getType() != basephi->getType()) {
+ base = new BitCastInst(base, basephi->getType(), "cast",
+ InBB->getTerminator());
+ NewInsertedDefs.insert(base);
+ }
+ basephi->addIncoming(base, InBB);
+ }
+ assert(basephi->getNumIncomingValues() == NumPHIValues);
+ } else {
+ SelectInst *basesel = cast<SelectInst>(state.getBase());
+ SelectInst *sel = cast<SelectInst>(v);
+ // Operand 1 & 2 are true, false path respectively. TODO: refactor to
+ // something more safe and less hacky.
+ for (int i = 1; i <= 2; i++) {
+ Value *InVal = sel->getOperand(i);
+ // Find either the defining value for the PHI or the normal base for
+ // a non-phi node
+ Value *base = findBaseOrBDV(InVal, cache);
+ if (!isKnownBaseResult(base)) {
+ // Either conflict or base.
+ assert(states.count(base));
+ base = states[base].getBase();
+ assert(base != nullptr && "unknown PhiState!");
+ }
+ assert(base && "can't be null");
+ // Must use original input BB since base may not be Instruction
+ // The cast is needed since base traversal may strip away bitcasts
+ if (base->getType() != basesel->getType()) {
+ base = new BitCastInst(base, basesel->getType(), "cast", basesel);
+ NewInsertedDefs.insert(base);
+ }
+ basesel->setOperand(i, base);
+ }
}
}
@@ -964,7 +983,13 @@ static void findBasePointers(const StatepointLiveSetTy &live,
DenseMap<llvm::Value *, llvm::Value *> &PointerToBase,
DominatorTree *DT, DefiningValueMapTy &DVCache,
DenseSet<llvm::Value *> &NewInsertedDefs) {
- for (Value *ptr : live) {
+ // For the naming of values inserted to be deterministic - which makes for
+ // much cleaner and more stable tests - we need to assign an order to the
+ // live values. DenseSets do not provide a deterministic order across runs.
+ SmallVector<Value*, 64> Temp;
+ Temp.insert(Temp.end(), live.begin(), live.end());
+ std::sort(Temp.begin(), Temp.end(), order_by_name);
+ for (Value *ptr : Temp) {
Value *base = findBasePointer(ptr, DVCache, NewInsertedDefs);
assert(base && "failed to find base pointer");
PointerToBase[ptr] = base;
@@ -993,10 +1018,19 @@ static void findBasePointers(DominatorTree &DT, DefiningValueMapTy &DVCache,
findBasePointers(result.liveset, PointerToBase, &DT, DVCache, NewInsertedDefs);
if (PrintBasePointers) {
+ // Note: Need to print these in a stable order since this is checked in
+ // some tests.
errs() << "Base Pairs (w/o Relocation):\n";
+ SmallVector<Value*, 64> Temp;
+ Temp.reserve(PointerToBase.size());
for (auto Pair : PointerToBase) {
- errs() << " derived %" << Pair.first->getName() << " base %"
- << Pair.second->getName() << "\n";
+ Temp.push_back(Pair.first);
+ }
+ std::sort(Temp.begin(), Temp.end(), order_by_name);
+ for (Value *Ptr : Temp) {
+ Value *Base = PointerToBase[Ptr];
+ errs() << " derived %" << Ptr->getName() << " base %"
+ << Base->getName() << "\n";
}
}
@@ -1131,11 +1165,11 @@ static AttributeSet legalizeCallAttributes(AttributeSet AS) {
/// statepointToken - statepoint instruction to which relocates should be
/// bound.
/// Builder - Llvm IR builder to be used to construct new calls.
-void CreateGCRelocates(ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> liveVariables,
- const int liveStart,
- ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> basePtrs,
- Instruction *statepointToken, IRBuilder<> Builder) {
-
+static void CreateGCRelocates(ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> liveVariables,
+ const int liveStart,
+ ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> basePtrs,
+ Instruction *statepointToken,
+ IRBuilder<> Builder) {
SmallVector<Instruction *, 64> NewDefs;
NewDefs.reserve(liveVariables.size());
@@ -1559,8 +1593,18 @@ static void relocationViaAlloca(
// store must be inserted after load, otherwise store will be in alloca's
// use list and an extra load will be inserted before it
StoreInst *store = new StoreInst(def, alloca);
- if (isa<Instruction>(def)) {
- store->insertAfter(cast<Instruction>(def));
+ if (Instruction *inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(def)) {
+ if (InvokeInst *invoke = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(inst)) {
+ // InvokeInst is a TerminatorInst so the store need to be inserted
+ // into its normal destination block.
+ BasicBlock *normalDest = invoke->getNormalDest();
+ store->insertBefore(normalDest->getFirstNonPHI());
+ } else {
+ assert(!inst->isTerminator() &&
+ "The only TerminatorInst that can produce a value is "
+ "InvokeInst which is handled above.");
+ store->insertAfter(inst);
+ }
} else {
assert((isa<Argument>(def) || isa<GlobalVariable>(def) ||
(isa<Constant>(def) && cast<Constant>(def)->isNullValue())) &&
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp
index 05b9608..875a007 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
@@ -35,7 +36,6 @@
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/IPO.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include <algorithm>
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ namespace {
/// Constant Propagation.
///
class SCCPSolver : public InstVisitor<SCCPSolver> {
- const DataLayout *DL;
+ const DataLayout &DL;
const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 8> BBExecutable; // The BBs that are executable.
DenseMap<Value*, LatticeVal> ValueState; // The state each value is in.
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ class SCCPSolver : public InstVisitor<SCCPSolver> {
typedef std::pair<BasicBlock*, BasicBlock*> Edge;
DenseSet<Edge> KnownFeasibleEdges;
public:
- SCCPSolver(const DataLayout *DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *tli)
- : DL(DL), TLI(tli) {}
+ SCCPSolver(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *tli)
+ : DL(DL), TLI(tli) {}
/// MarkBlockExecutable - This method can be used by clients to mark all of
/// the blocks that are known to be intrinsically live in the processed unit.
@@ -1561,8 +1561,7 @@ bool SCCP::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
return false;
DEBUG(dbgs() << "SCCP on function '" << F.getName() << "'\n");
- const DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
+ const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI =
&getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
SCCPSolver Solver(DL, TLI);
@@ -1691,8 +1690,7 @@ static bool AddressIsTaken(const GlobalValue *GV) {
}
bool IPSCCP::runOnModule(Module &M) {
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
+ const DataLayout &DL = M.getDataLayout();
const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI =
&getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
SCCPSolver Solver(DL, TLI);
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp
index f69c750..06b000f 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ public:
/// hold.
void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
int OldSize = Slices.size();
- std::move(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end(), std::back_inserter(Slices));
+ Slices.append(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end());
auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
std::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
@@ -701,6 +701,7 @@ private:
// by writing out the code here where we have tho underlying allocation
// size readily available.
APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
+ const DataLayout &DL = GEPI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
@@ -750,6 +751,7 @@ private:
if (!IsOffsetKnown)
return PI.setAborted(&LI);
+ const DataLayout &DL = LI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
}
@@ -761,6 +763,7 @@ private:
if (!IsOffsetKnown)
return PI.setAborted(&SI);
+ const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
// If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
@@ -898,6 +901,7 @@ private:
SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
Visited.insert(Root);
Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
+ const DataLayout &DL = Root->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
// a size zero access.
Size = 0;
@@ -1194,7 +1198,6 @@ class SROA : public FunctionPass {
const bool RequiresDomTree;
LLVMContext *C;
- const DataLayout *DL;
DominatorTree *DT;
AssumptionCache *AC;
@@ -1243,7 +1246,7 @@ class SROA : public FunctionPass {
public:
SROA(bool RequiresDomTree = true)
: FunctionPass(ID), RequiresDomTree(RequiresDomTree), C(nullptr),
- DL(nullptr), DT(nullptr) {
+ DT(nullptr) {
initializeSROAPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
}
bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
@@ -1349,7 +1352,7 @@ static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
///
/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
-static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN, const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
+static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN) {
// For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
// as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
// TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
@@ -1381,6 +1384,8 @@ static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN, const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
if (!HaveLoad)
return false;
+ const DataLayout &DL = PN.getModule()->getDataLayout();
+
// We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
// predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
// a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
@@ -1403,7 +1408,7 @@ static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN, const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
// is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
// block.
if (InVal->isDereferenceablePointer(DL) ||
- isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, TI, MaxAlign, DL))
+ isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, TI, MaxAlign))
continue;
return false;
@@ -1468,10 +1473,10 @@ static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
///
/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
-static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI,
- const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
+static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI) {
Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
+ const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
bool TDerefable = TValue->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
bool FDerefable = FValue->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
@@ -1484,10 +1489,10 @@ static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI,
// absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
// accesses to it.
if (!TDerefable &&
- !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI, LI->getAlignment(), DL))
+ !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI, LI->getAlignment()))
return false;
if (!FDerefable &&
- !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI, LI->getAlignment(), DL))
+ !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI, LI->getAlignment()))
return false;
}
@@ -3699,6 +3704,7 @@ bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
// them to the alloca slices.
SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
+ const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
SplitLoads.clear();
@@ -3724,10 +3730,10 @@ bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
- getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, BasePtr,
- APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
+ getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, BasePtr,
+ APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
- getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
+ getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
LI->getName());
// Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
@@ -3777,10 +3783,10 @@ bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
- PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, StoreBasePtr,
- APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
+ PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
+ APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
- getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
+ getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
(void)PStore;
DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
}
@@ -3857,20 +3863,20 @@ bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
} else {
IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(LI));
PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
- getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, LoadBasePtr,
- APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
+ getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, LoadBasePtr,
+ APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
PartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
- getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
+ getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
LI->getName());
}
// And store this partition.
IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
- PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, StoreBasePtr,
- APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
+ PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
+ APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
- getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
+ getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
// Now build a new slice for the alloca.
NewSlices.push_back(
@@ -3970,25 +3976,26 @@ AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
// won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
// or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
+ const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
- if (DL->getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
+ if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
if (!SliceTy)
- if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(*DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
+ if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
- DL->isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
+ DL.isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
if (!SliceTy)
SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
- assert(DL->getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
+ assert(DL.getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
- bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, *DL);
+ bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, DL);
VectorType *VecTy =
- IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, *DL);
+ IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, DL);
if (VecTy)
SliceTy = VecTy;
@@ -4010,12 +4017,12 @@ AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
// The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
// alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
// type.
- Alignment = DL->getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
+ Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
}
Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
// If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
// the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
- if (Alignment <= DL->getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
+ if (Alignment <= DL.getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Alignment = 0;
NewAI = new AllocaInst(
SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment,
@@ -4035,7 +4042,7 @@ AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
- AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(*DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
+ AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
bool Promotable = true;
@@ -4057,7 +4064,7 @@ AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
for (SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *>::iterator I = PHIUsers.begin(),
E = PHIUsers.end();
I != E; ++I)
- if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I, DL)) {
+ if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I)) {
Promotable = false;
PHIUsers.clear();
SelectUsers.clear();
@@ -4066,7 +4073,7 @@ AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
for (SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *>::iterator I = SelectUsers.begin(),
E = SelectUsers.end();
I != E; ++I)
- if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I, DL)) {
+ if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I)) {
Promotable = false;
PHIUsers.clear();
SelectUsers.clear();
@@ -4110,6 +4117,7 @@ bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
bool Changed = false;
+ const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
// First try to pre-split loads and stores.
Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
@@ -4127,7 +4135,7 @@ bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
// confident that the above handling of splittable loads and stores is
// completely sufficient before we forcibly disable the remaining handling.
if (S.beginOffset() == 0 &&
- S.endOffset() >= DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()))
+ S.endOffset() >= DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()))
continue;
if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
@@ -4155,7 +4163,7 @@ bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
Changed = true;
if (NewAI != &AI) {
uint64_t SizeOfByte = 8;
- uint64_t AllocaSize = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI->getAllocatedType());
+ uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI->getAllocatedType());
// Don't include any padding.
uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocaSize, P.size() * SizeOfByte);
Pieces.push_back(Piece(NewAI, P.beginOffset() * SizeOfByte, Size));
@@ -4236,21 +4244,22 @@ bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
AI.eraseFromParent();
return true;
}
+ const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
// Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
return false;
bool Changed = false;
// First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
// better splitting and promotion opportunities.
- AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter(*DL);
+ AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter(DL);
Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
// Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
- AllocaSlices AS(*DL, AI);
+ AllocaSlices AS(DL, AI);
DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
if (AS.isEscaped())
return Changed;
@@ -4423,12 +4432,6 @@ bool SROA::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
C = &F.getContext();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- if (!DLP) {
- DEBUG(dbgs() << " Skipping SROA -- no target data!\n");
- return false;
- }
- DL = &DLP->getDataLayout();
DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP =
getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp
index c7232a9..3e7cf04 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp
@@ -217,6 +217,9 @@ void SampleProfileLoader::printBlockWeight(raw_ostream &OS, BasicBlock *BB) {
/// \returns The profiled weight of I.
unsigned SampleProfileLoader::getInstWeight(Instruction &Inst) {
DebugLoc DLoc = Inst.getDebugLoc();
+ if (DLoc.isUnknown())
+ return 0;
+
unsigned Lineno = DLoc.getLine();
if (Lineno < HeaderLineno)
return 0;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalar.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalar.cpp
index 621633b..6cc8411 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalar.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalar.cpp
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ void llvm::initializeScalarOpts(PassRegistry &Registry) {
initializeLoopDeletionPass(Registry);
initializeLoopAccessAnalysisPass(Registry);
initializeLoopInstSimplifyPass(Registry);
+ initializeLoopInterchangePass(Registry);
initializeLoopRotatePass(Registry);
initializeLoopStrengthReducePass(Registry);
initializeLoopRerollPass(Registry);
@@ -209,7 +210,6 @@ void LLVMAddDemoteMemoryToRegisterPass(LLVMPassManagerRef PM) {
void LLVMAddVerifierPass(LLVMPassManagerRef PM) {
unwrap(PM)->add(createVerifierPass());
- // FIXME: should this also add createDebugInfoVerifierPass()?
}
void LLVMAddCorrelatedValuePropagationPass(LLVMPassManagerRef PM) {
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp
index 5c49a55..acd8585 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp
@@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ namespace {
private:
bool HasDomTree;
- const DataLayout *DL;
/// DeadInsts - Keep track of instructions we have made dead, so that
/// we can remove them after we are done working.
@@ -159,9 +158,10 @@ namespace {
void isSafeMemAccess(uint64_t Offset, uint64_t MemSize,
Type *MemOpType, bool isStore, AllocaInfo &Info,
Instruction *TheAccess, bool AllowWholeAccess);
- bool TypeHasComponent(Type *T, uint64_t Offset, uint64_t Size);
- uint64_t FindElementAndOffset(Type *&T, uint64_t &Offset,
- Type *&IdxTy);
+ bool TypeHasComponent(Type *T, uint64_t Offset, uint64_t Size,
+ const DataLayout &DL);
+ uint64_t FindElementAndOffset(Type *&T, uint64_t &Offset, Type *&IdxTy,
+ const DataLayout &DL);
void DoScalarReplacement(AllocaInst *AI,
std::vector<AllocaInst*> &WorkList);
@@ -699,9 +699,9 @@ void ConvertToScalarInfo::ConvertUsesToScalar(Value *Ptr, AllocaInst *NewAI,
// If the source and destination are both to the same alloca, then this is
// a noop copy-to-self, just delete it. Otherwise, emit a load and store
// as appropriate.
- AllocaInst *OrigAI = cast<AllocaInst>(GetUnderlyingObject(Ptr, &DL, 0));
+ AllocaInst *OrigAI = cast<AllocaInst>(GetUnderlyingObject(Ptr, DL, 0));
- if (GetUnderlyingObject(MTI->getSource(), &DL, 0) != OrigAI) {
+ if (GetUnderlyingObject(MTI->getSource(), DL, 0) != OrigAI) {
// Dest must be OrigAI, change this to be a load from the original
// pointer (bitcasted), then a store to our new alloca.
assert(MTI->getRawDest() == Ptr && "Neither use is of pointer?");
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ void ConvertToScalarInfo::ConvertUsesToScalar(Value *Ptr, AllocaInst *NewAI,
LoadInst *SrcVal = Builder.CreateLoad(SrcPtr, "srcval");
SrcVal->setAlignment(MTI->getAlignment());
Builder.CreateStore(SrcVal, NewAI);
- } else if (GetUnderlyingObject(MTI->getDest(), &DL, 0) != OrigAI) {
+ } else if (GetUnderlyingObject(MTI->getDest(), DL, 0) != OrigAI) {
// Src must be OrigAI, change this to be a load from NewAI then a store
// through the original dest pointer (bitcasted).
assert(MTI->getRawSource() == Ptr && "Neither use is of pointer?");
@@ -1032,17 +1032,8 @@ bool SROA::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
return false;
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
-
bool Changed = performPromotion(F);
- // FIXME: ScalarRepl currently depends on DataLayout more than it
- // theoretically needs to. It should be refactored in order to support
- // target-independent IR. Until this is done, just skip the actual
- // scalar-replacement portion of this pass.
- if (!DL) return Changed;
-
while (1) {
bool LocalChange = performScalarRepl(F);
if (!LocalChange) break; // No need to repromote if no scalarrepl
@@ -1148,7 +1139,8 @@ public:
///
/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand to
/// the select can be loaded unconditionally.
-static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst *SI, const DataLayout *DL) {
+static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst *SI) {
+ const DataLayout &DL = SI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
bool TDerefable = SI->getTrueValue()->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
bool FDerefable = SI->getFalseValue()->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
@@ -1158,11 +1150,13 @@ static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst *SI, const DataLayout *DL) {
// Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either absolutely
// (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other accesses to it.
- if (!TDerefable && !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getTrueValue(), LI,
- LI->getAlignment(), DL))
+ if (!TDerefable &&
+ !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getTrueValue(), LI,
+ LI->getAlignment()))
return false;
- if (!FDerefable && !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getFalseValue(), LI,
- LI->getAlignment(), DL))
+ if (!FDerefable &&
+ !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getFalseValue(), LI,
+ LI->getAlignment()))
return false;
}
@@ -1185,7 +1179,7 @@ static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst *SI, const DataLayout *DL) {
///
/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand to
/// the select can be loaded unconditionally.
-static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) {
+static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode *PN) {
// For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block as
// the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
// TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
@@ -1209,6 +1203,8 @@ static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) {
MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
}
+ const DataLayout &DL = PN->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+
// Okay, we know that we have one or more loads in the same block as the PHI.
// We can transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the predecessor
// blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put a possibly
@@ -1234,7 +1230,7 @@ static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) {
// If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there is
// already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred block.
if (InVal->isDereferenceablePointer(DL) ||
- isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, Pred->getTerminator(), MaxAlign, DL))
+ isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, Pred->getTerminator(), MaxAlign))
continue;
return false;
@@ -1248,7 +1244,7 @@ static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) {
/// direct (non-volatile) loads and stores to it. If the alloca is close but
/// not quite there, this will transform the code to allow promotion. As such,
/// it is a non-pure predicate.
-static bool tryToMakeAllocaBePromotable(AllocaInst *AI, const DataLayout *DL) {
+static bool tryToMakeAllocaBePromotable(AllocaInst *AI, const DataLayout &DL) {
SetVector<Instruction*, SmallVector<Instruction*, 4>,
SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 4> > InstsToRewrite;
for (User *U : AI->users()) {
@@ -1279,7 +1275,7 @@ static bool tryToMakeAllocaBePromotable(AllocaInst *AI, const DataLayout *DL) {
// If it is safe to turn "load (select c, AI, ptr)" into a select of two
// loads, then we can transform this by rewriting the select.
- if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SI, DL))
+ if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SI))
return false;
InstsToRewrite.insert(SI);
@@ -1294,7 +1290,7 @@ static bool tryToMakeAllocaBePromotable(AllocaInst *AI, const DataLayout *DL) {
// If it is safe to turn "load (phi [AI, ptr, ...])" into a PHI of loads
// in the pred blocks, then we can transform this by rewriting the PHI.
- if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(PN, DL))
+ if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(PN))
return false;
InstsToRewrite.insert(PN);
@@ -1416,6 +1412,7 @@ static bool tryToMakeAllocaBePromotable(AllocaInst *AI, const DataLayout *DL) {
bool SROA::performPromotion(Function &F) {
std::vector<AllocaInst*> Allocas;
+ const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
DominatorTree *DT = nullptr;
if (HasDomTree)
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
@@ -1479,6 +1476,7 @@ bool SROA::ShouldAttemptScalarRepl(AllocaInst *AI) {
//
bool SROA::performScalarRepl(Function &F) {
std::vector<AllocaInst*> WorkList;
+ const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
// Scan the entry basic block, adding allocas to the worklist.
BasicBlock &BB = F.getEntryBlock();
@@ -1508,7 +1506,7 @@ bool SROA::performScalarRepl(Function &F) {
// transform the allocation instruction if it is an array allocation
// (allocations OF arrays are ok though), and an allocation of a scalar
// value cannot be decomposed at all.
- uint64_t AllocaSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType());
+ uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType());
// Do not promote [0 x %struct].
if (AllocaSize == 0) continue;
@@ -1531,8 +1529,9 @@ bool SROA::performScalarRepl(Function &F) {
// promoted itself. If so, we don't want to transform it needlessly. Note
// that we can't just check based on the type: the alloca may be of an i32
// but that has pointer arithmetic to set byte 3 of it or something.
- if (AllocaInst *NewAI = ConvertToScalarInfo(
- (unsigned)AllocaSize, *DL, ScalarLoadThreshold).TryConvert(AI)) {
+ if (AllocaInst *NewAI =
+ ConvertToScalarInfo((unsigned)AllocaSize, DL, ScalarLoadThreshold)
+ .TryConvert(AI)) {
NewAI->takeName(AI);
AI->eraseFromParent();
++NumConverted;
@@ -1610,6 +1609,7 @@ void SROA::DeleteDeadInstructions() {
/// referenced by this instruction.
void SROA::isSafeForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
AllocaInfo &Info) {
+ const DataLayout &DL = I->getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
@@ -1632,8 +1632,8 @@ void SROA::isSafeForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
if (!LI->isSimple())
return MarkUnsafe(Info, User);
Type *LIType = LI->getType();
- isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL->getTypeAllocSize(LIType),
- LIType, false, Info, LI, true /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
+ isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL.getTypeAllocSize(LIType), LIType, false, Info,
+ LI, true /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
Info.hasALoadOrStore = true;
} else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(User)) {
@@ -1642,8 +1642,8 @@ void SROA::isSafeForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
return MarkUnsafe(Info, User);
Type *SIType = SI->getOperand(0)->getType();
- isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL->getTypeAllocSize(SIType),
- SIType, true, Info, SI, true /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
+ isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL.getTypeAllocSize(SIType), SIType, true, Info,
+ SI, true /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
Info.hasALoadOrStore = true;
} else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(User)) {
if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
@@ -1675,6 +1675,7 @@ void SROA::isSafePHISelectUseForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
if (!Info.CheckedPHIs.insert(PN).second)
return;
+ const DataLayout &DL = I->getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (User *U : I->users()) {
Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
@@ -1691,8 +1692,8 @@ void SROA::isSafePHISelectUseForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
if (!LI->isSimple())
return MarkUnsafe(Info, UI);
Type *LIType = LI->getType();
- isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL->getTypeAllocSize(LIType),
- LIType, false, Info, LI, false /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
+ isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL.getTypeAllocSize(LIType), LIType, false, Info,
+ LI, false /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
Info.hasALoadOrStore = true;
} else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UI)) {
@@ -1701,8 +1702,8 @@ void SROA::isSafePHISelectUseForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
return MarkUnsafe(Info, UI);
Type *SIType = SI->getOperand(0)->getType();
- isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL->getTypeAllocSize(SIType),
- SIType, true, Info, SI, false /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
+ isSafeMemAccess(Offset, DL.getTypeAllocSize(SIType), SIType, true, Info,
+ SI, false /*AllowWholeAccess*/);
Info.hasALoadOrStore = true;
} else if (isa<PHINode>(UI) || isa<SelectInst>(UI)) {
isSafePHISelectUseForScalarRepl(UI, Offset, Info);
@@ -1746,9 +1747,11 @@ void SROA::isSafeGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI,
// constant part of the offset.
if (NonConstant)
Indices.pop_back();
- Offset += DL->getIndexedOffset(GEPI->getPointerOperandType(), Indices);
- if (!TypeHasComponent(Info.AI->getAllocatedType(), Offset,
- NonConstantIdxSize))
+
+ const DataLayout &DL = GEPI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ Offset += DL.getIndexedOffset(GEPI->getPointerOperandType(), Indices);
+ if (!TypeHasComponent(Info.AI->getAllocatedType(), Offset, NonConstantIdxSize,
+ DL))
MarkUnsafe(Info, GEPI);
}
@@ -1803,9 +1806,10 @@ void SROA::isSafeMemAccess(uint64_t Offset, uint64_t MemSize,
Type *MemOpType, bool isStore,
AllocaInfo &Info, Instruction *TheAccess,
bool AllowWholeAccess) {
+ const DataLayout &DL = TheAccess->getModule()->getDataLayout();
// Check if this is a load/store of the entire alloca.
if (Offset == 0 && AllowWholeAccess &&
- MemSize == DL->getTypeAllocSize(Info.AI->getAllocatedType())) {
+ MemSize == DL.getTypeAllocSize(Info.AI->getAllocatedType())) {
// This can be safe for MemIntrinsics (where MemOpType is 0) and integer
// loads/stores (which are essentially the same as the MemIntrinsics with
// regard to copying padding between elements). But, if an alloca is
@@ -1828,7 +1832,7 @@ void SROA::isSafeMemAccess(uint64_t Offset, uint64_t MemSize,
}
// Check if the offset/size correspond to a component within the alloca type.
Type *T = Info.AI->getAllocatedType();
- if (TypeHasComponent(T, Offset, MemSize)) {
+ if (TypeHasComponent(T, Offset, MemSize, DL)) {
Info.hasSubelementAccess = true;
return;
}
@@ -1838,24 +1842,25 @@ void SROA::isSafeMemAccess(uint64_t Offset, uint64_t MemSize,
/// TypeHasComponent - Return true if T has a component type with the
/// specified offset and size. If Size is zero, do not check the size.
-bool SROA::TypeHasComponent(Type *T, uint64_t Offset, uint64_t Size) {
+bool SROA::TypeHasComponent(Type *T, uint64_t Offset, uint64_t Size,
+ const DataLayout &DL) {
Type *EltTy;
uint64_t EltSize;
if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(T)) {
- const StructLayout *Layout = DL->getStructLayout(ST);
+ const StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(ST);
unsigned EltIdx = Layout->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
EltTy = ST->getContainedType(EltIdx);
- EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
+ EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Offset -= Layout->getElementOffset(EltIdx);
} else if (ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) {
EltTy = AT->getElementType();
- EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
+ EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
if (Offset >= AT->getNumElements() * EltSize)
return false;
Offset %= EltSize;
} else if (VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T)) {
EltTy = VT->getElementType();
- EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
+ EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
if (Offset >= VT->getNumElements() * EltSize)
return false;
Offset %= EltSize;
@@ -1867,7 +1872,7 @@ bool SROA::TypeHasComponent(Type *T, uint64_t Offset, uint64_t Size) {
// Check if the component spans multiple elements.
if (Offset + Size > EltSize)
return false;
- return TypeHasComponent(EltTy, Offset, Size);
+ return TypeHasComponent(EltTy, Offset, Size, DL);
}
/// RewriteForScalarRepl - Alloca AI is being split into NewElts, so rewrite
@@ -1876,6 +1881,7 @@ bool SROA::TypeHasComponent(Type *T, uint64_t Offset, uint64_t Size) {
/// instruction.
void SROA::RewriteForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
SmallVectorImpl<AllocaInst *> &NewElts) {
+ const DataLayout &DL = I->getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (Value::use_iterator UI = I->use_begin(), E = I->use_end(); UI!=E;) {
Use &TheUse = *UI++;
Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(TheUse.getUser());
@@ -1893,8 +1899,7 @@ void SROA::RewriteForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(User)) {
ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
uint64_t MemSize = Length->getZExtValue();
- if (Offset == 0 &&
- MemSize == DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()))
+ if (Offset == 0 && MemSize == DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()))
RewriteMemIntrinUserOfAlloca(MI, I, AI, NewElts);
// Otherwise the intrinsic can only touch a single element and the
// address operand will be updated, so nothing else needs to be done.
@@ -1930,8 +1935,8 @@ void SROA::RewriteForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
LI->replaceAllUsesWith(Insert);
DeadInsts.push_back(LI);
} else if (LIType->isIntegerTy() &&
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(LIType) ==
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType())) {
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(LIType) ==
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType())) {
// If this is a load of the entire alloca to an integer, rewrite it.
RewriteLoadUserOfWholeAlloca(LI, AI, NewElts);
}
@@ -1957,8 +1962,8 @@ void SROA::RewriteForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
}
DeadInsts.push_back(SI);
} else if (SIType->isIntegerTy() &&
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(SIType) ==
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType())) {
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(SIType) ==
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType())) {
// If this is a store of the entire alloca from an integer, rewrite it.
RewriteStoreUserOfWholeAlloca(SI, AI, NewElts);
}
@@ -2001,7 +2006,8 @@ void SROA::RewriteBitCast(BitCastInst *BC, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
Type *T = AI->getAllocatedType();
uint64_t EltOffset = 0;
Type *IdxTy;
- uint64_t Idx = FindElementAndOffset(T, EltOffset, IdxTy);
+ uint64_t Idx = FindElementAndOffset(T, EltOffset, IdxTy,
+ BC->getModule()->getDataLayout());
Instruction *Val = NewElts[Idx];
if (Val->getType() != BC->getDestTy()) {
Val = new BitCastInst(Val, BC->getDestTy(), "", BC);
@@ -2016,11 +2022,12 @@ void SROA::RewriteBitCast(BitCastInst *BC, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
/// Sets T to the type of the element and Offset to the offset within that
/// element. IdxTy is set to the type of the index result to be used in a
/// GEP instruction.
-uint64_t SROA::FindElementAndOffset(Type *&T, uint64_t &Offset,
- Type *&IdxTy) {
+uint64_t SROA::FindElementAndOffset(Type *&T, uint64_t &Offset, Type *&IdxTy,
+ const DataLayout &DL) {
uint64_t Idx = 0;
+
if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(T)) {
- const StructLayout *Layout = DL->getStructLayout(ST);
+ const StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(ST);
Idx = Layout->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
T = ST->getContainedType(Idx);
Offset -= Layout->getElementOffset(Idx);
@@ -2028,7 +2035,7 @@ uint64_t SROA::FindElementAndOffset(Type *&T, uint64_t &Offset,
return Idx;
} else if (ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) {
T = AT->getElementType();
- uint64_t EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(T);
+ uint64_t EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(T);
Idx = Offset / EltSize;
Offset -= Idx * EltSize;
IdxTy = Type::getInt64Ty(T->getContext());
@@ -2036,7 +2043,7 @@ uint64_t SROA::FindElementAndOffset(Type *&T, uint64_t &Offset,
}
VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
T = VT->getElementType();
- uint64_t EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(T);
+ uint64_t EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(T);
Idx = Offset / EltSize;
Offset -= Idx * EltSize;
IdxTy = Type::getInt64Ty(T->getContext());
@@ -2049,6 +2056,7 @@ uint64_t SROA::FindElementAndOffset(Type *&T, uint64_t &Offset,
void SROA::RewriteGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
SmallVectorImpl<AllocaInst *> &NewElts) {
uint64_t OldOffset = Offset;
+ const DataLayout &DL = GEPI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices(GEPI->op_begin() + 1, GEPI->op_end());
// If the GEP was dynamic then it must have been a dynamic vector lookup.
// In this case, it must be the last GEP operand which is dynamic so keep that
@@ -2057,19 +2065,19 @@ void SROA::RewriteGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
Value* NonConstantIdx = nullptr;
if (!GEPI->hasAllConstantIndices())
NonConstantIdx = Indices.pop_back_val();
- Offset += DL->getIndexedOffset(GEPI->getPointerOperandType(), Indices);
+ Offset += DL.getIndexedOffset(GEPI->getPointerOperandType(), Indices);
RewriteForScalarRepl(GEPI, AI, Offset, NewElts);
Type *T = AI->getAllocatedType();
Type *IdxTy;
- uint64_t OldIdx = FindElementAndOffset(T, OldOffset, IdxTy);
+ uint64_t OldIdx = FindElementAndOffset(T, OldOffset, IdxTy, DL);
if (GEPI->getOperand(0) == AI)
OldIdx = ~0ULL; // Force the GEP to be rewritten.
T = AI->getAllocatedType();
uint64_t EltOffset = Offset;
- uint64_t Idx = FindElementAndOffset(T, EltOffset, IdxTy);
+ uint64_t Idx = FindElementAndOffset(T, EltOffset, IdxTy, DL);
// If this GEP does not move the pointer across elements of the alloca
// being split, then it does not needs to be rewritten.
@@ -2080,7 +2088,7 @@ void SROA::RewriteGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset,
SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewArgs;
NewArgs.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(i32Ty));
while (EltOffset != 0) {
- uint64_t EltIdx = FindElementAndOffset(T, EltOffset, IdxTy);
+ uint64_t EltIdx = FindElementAndOffset(T, EltOffset, IdxTy, DL);
NewArgs.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IdxTy, EltIdx));
}
if (NonConstantIdx) {
@@ -2114,9 +2122,10 @@ void SROA::RewriteLifetimeIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst *II, AllocaInst *AI,
// Put matching lifetime markers on everything from Offset up to
// Offset+OldSize.
Type *AIType = AI->getAllocatedType();
+ const DataLayout &DL = II->getModule()->getDataLayout();
uint64_t NewOffset = Offset;
Type *IdxTy;
- uint64_t Idx = FindElementAndOffset(AIType, NewOffset, IdxTy);
+ uint64_t Idx = FindElementAndOffset(AIType, NewOffset, IdxTy, DL);
IRBuilder<> Builder(II);
uint64_t Size = OldSize->getLimitedValue();
@@ -2129,7 +2138,7 @@ void SROA::RewriteLifetimeIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst *II, AllocaInst *AI,
V = Builder.CreateGEP(V, Builder.getInt64(NewOffset));
IdxTy = NewElts[Idx]->getAllocatedType();
- uint64_t EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(IdxTy) - NewOffset;
+ uint64_t EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(IdxTy) - NewOffset;
if (EltSize > Size) {
EltSize = Size;
Size = 0;
@@ -2145,7 +2154,7 @@ void SROA::RewriteLifetimeIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst *II, AllocaInst *AI,
for (; Idx != NewElts.size() && Size; ++Idx) {
IdxTy = NewElts[Idx]->getAllocatedType();
- uint64_t EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(IdxTy);
+ uint64_t EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(IdxTy);
if (EltSize > Size) {
EltSize = Size;
Size = 0;
@@ -2221,6 +2230,7 @@ SROA::RewriteMemIntrinUserOfAlloca(MemIntrinsic *MI, Instruction *Inst,
bool SROADest = MI->getRawDest() == Inst;
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(MI->getContext()));
+ const DataLayout &DL = MI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewElts.size(); i != e; ++i) {
// If this is a memcpy/memmove, emit a GEP of the other element address.
@@ -2237,10 +2247,10 @@ SROA::RewriteMemIntrinUserOfAlloca(MemIntrinsic *MI, Instruction *Inst,
PointerType *OtherPtrTy = cast<PointerType>(OtherPtr->getType());
Type *OtherTy = OtherPtrTy->getElementType();
if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(OtherTy)) {
- EltOffset = DL->getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(i);
+ EltOffset = DL.getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(i);
} else {
Type *EltTy = cast<SequentialType>(OtherTy)->getElementType();
- EltOffset = DL->getTypeAllocSize(EltTy)*i;
+ EltOffset = DL.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy) * i;
}
// The alignment of the other pointer is the guaranteed alignment of the
@@ -2281,7 +2291,7 @@ SROA::RewriteMemIntrinUserOfAlloca(MemIntrinsic *MI, Instruction *Inst,
Type *ValTy = EltTy->getScalarType();
// Construct an integer with the right value.
- unsigned EltSize = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(ValTy);
+ unsigned EltSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ValTy);
APInt OneVal(EltSize, CI->getZExtValue());
APInt TotalVal(OneVal);
// Set each byte.
@@ -2311,7 +2321,7 @@ SROA::RewriteMemIntrinUserOfAlloca(MemIntrinsic *MI, Instruction *Inst,
// this element.
}
- unsigned EltSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
+ unsigned EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
if (!EltSize)
continue;
@@ -2345,12 +2355,13 @@ SROA::RewriteStoreUserOfWholeAlloca(StoreInst *SI, AllocaInst *AI,
// and store the element value to the individual alloca.
Value *SrcVal = SI->getOperand(0);
Type *AllocaEltTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
- uint64_t AllocaSizeBits = DL->getTypeAllocSizeInBits(AllocaEltTy);
+ const DataLayout &DL = SI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ uint64_t AllocaSizeBits = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(AllocaEltTy);
IRBuilder<> Builder(SI);
// Handle tail padding by extending the operand
- if (DL->getTypeSizeInBits(SrcVal->getType()) != AllocaSizeBits)
+ if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcVal->getType()) != AllocaSizeBits)
SrcVal = Builder.CreateZExt(SrcVal,
IntegerType::get(SI->getContext(), AllocaSizeBits));
@@ -2360,15 +2371,15 @@ SROA::RewriteStoreUserOfWholeAlloca(StoreInst *SI, AllocaInst *AI,
// There are two forms here: AI could be an array or struct. Both cases
// have different ways to compute the element offset.
if (StructType *EltSTy = dyn_cast<StructType>(AllocaEltTy)) {
- const StructLayout *Layout = DL->getStructLayout(EltSTy);
+ const StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(EltSTy);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewElts.size(); i != e; ++i) {
// Get the number of bits to shift SrcVal to get the value.
Type *FieldTy = EltSTy->getElementType(i);
uint64_t Shift = Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
- if (DL->isBigEndian())
- Shift = AllocaSizeBits-Shift-DL->getTypeAllocSizeInBits(FieldTy);
+ if (DL.isBigEndian())
+ Shift = AllocaSizeBits - Shift - DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(FieldTy);
Value *EltVal = SrcVal;
if (Shift) {
@@ -2377,7 +2388,7 @@ SROA::RewriteStoreUserOfWholeAlloca(StoreInst *SI, AllocaInst *AI,
}
// Truncate down to an integer of the right size.
- uint64_t FieldSizeBits = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(FieldTy);
+ uint64_t FieldSizeBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(FieldTy);
// Ignore zero sized fields like {}, they obviously contain no data.
if (FieldSizeBits == 0) continue;
@@ -2402,12 +2413,12 @@ SROA::RewriteStoreUserOfWholeAlloca(StoreInst *SI, AllocaInst *AI,
} else {
ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(AllocaEltTy);
Type *ArrayEltTy = ATy->getElementType();
- uint64_t ElementOffset = DL->getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ArrayEltTy);
- uint64_t ElementSizeBits = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(ArrayEltTy);
+ uint64_t ElementOffset = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ArrayEltTy);
+ uint64_t ElementSizeBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ArrayEltTy);
uint64_t Shift;
- if (DL->isBigEndian())
+ if (DL.isBigEndian())
Shift = AllocaSizeBits-ElementOffset;
else
Shift = 0;
@@ -2441,7 +2452,7 @@ SROA::RewriteStoreUserOfWholeAlloca(StoreInst *SI, AllocaInst *AI,
}
new StoreInst(EltVal, DestField, SI);
- if (DL->isBigEndian())
+ if (DL.isBigEndian())
Shift -= ElementOffset;
else
Shift += ElementOffset;
@@ -2459,7 +2470,8 @@ SROA::RewriteLoadUserOfWholeAlloca(LoadInst *LI, AllocaInst *AI,
// Extract each element out of the NewElts according to its structure offset
// and form the result value.
Type *AllocaEltTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
- uint64_t AllocaSizeBits = DL->getTypeAllocSizeInBits(AllocaEltTy);
+ const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ uint64_t AllocaSizeBits = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(AllocaEltTy);
DEBUG(dbgs() << "PROMOTING LOAD OF WHOLE ALLOCA: " << *AI << '\n' << *LI
<< '\n');
@@ -2469,10 +2481,10 @@ SROA::RewriteLoadUserOfWholeAlloca(LoadInst *LI, AllocaInst *AI,
const StructLayout *Layout = nullptr;
uint64_t ArrayEltBitOffset = 0;
if (StructType *EltSTy = dyn_cast<StructType>(AllocaEltTy)) {
- Layout = DL->getStructLayout(EltSTy);
+ Layout = DL.getStructLayout(EltSTy);
} else {
Type *ArrayEltTy = cast<ArrayType>(AllocaEltTy)->getElementType();
- ArrayEltBitOffset = DL->getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ArrayEltTy);
+ ArrayEltBitOffset = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ArrayEltTy);
}
Value *ResultVal =
@@ -2484,7 +2496,7 @@ SROA::RewriteLoadUserOfWholeAlloca(LoadInst *LI, AllocaInst *AI,
Value *SrcField = NewElts[i];
Type *FieldTy =
cast<PointerType>(SrcField->getType())->getElementType();
- uint64_t FieldSizeBits = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(FieldTy);
+ uint64_t FieldSizeBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(FieldTy);
// Ignore zero sized fields like {}, they obviously contain no data.
if (FieldSizeBits == 0) continue;
@@ -2515,7 +2527,7 @@ SROA::RewriteLoadUserOfWholeAlloca(LoadInst *LI, AllocaInst *AI,
else // Array case.
Shift = i*ArrayEltBitOffset;
- if (DL->isBigEndian())
+ if (DL.isBigEndian())
Shift = AllocaSizeBits-Shift-FieldIntTy->getBitWidth();
if (Shift) {
@@ -2532,7 +2544,7 @@ SROA::RewriteLoadUserOfWholeAlloca(LoadInst *LI, AllocaInst *AI,
}
// Handle tail padding by truncating the result
- if (DL->getTypeSizeInBits(LI->getType()) != AllocaSizeBits)
+ if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LI->getType()) != AllocaSizeBits)
ResultVal = new TruncInst(ResultVal, LI->getType(), "", LI);
LI->replaceAllUsesWith(ResultVal);
@@ -2589,13 +2601,15 @@ bool SROA::isSafeAllocaToScalarRepl(AllocaInst *AI) {
return false;
}
+ const DataLayout &DL = AI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+
// Okay, we know all the users are promotable. If the aggregate is a memcpy
// source and destination, we have to be careful. In particular, the memcpy
// could be moving around elements that live in structure padding of the LLVM
// types, but may actually be used. In these cases, we refuse to promote the
// struct.
if (Info.isMemCpySrc && Info.isMemCpyDst &&
- HasPadding(AI->getAllocatedType(), *DL))
+ HasPadding(AI->getAllocatedType(), DL))
return false;
// If the alloca never has an access to just *part* of it, but is accessed
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp
index 6036c09..a457cba 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ private:
void gather(Instruction *, const ValueVector &);
bool canTransferMetadata(unsigned Kind);
void transferMetadata(Instruction *, const ValueVector &);
- bool getVectorLayout(Type *, unsigned, VectorLayout &);
+ bool getVectorLayout(Type *, unsigned, VectorLayout &, const DataLayout &);
bool finish();
template<typename T> bool splitBinary(Instruction &, const T &);
@@ -173,7 +173,6 @@ private:
ScatterMap Scattered;
GatherList Gathered;
unsigned ParallelLoopAccessMDKind;
- const DataLayout *DL;
bool ScalarizeLoadStore;
};
@@ -248,8 +247,6 @@ bool Scalarizer::doInitialization(Module &M) {
}
bool Scalarizer::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
for (Function::iterator BBI = F.begin(), BBE = F.end(); BBI != BBE; ++BBI) {
BasicBlock *BB = BBI;
for (BasicBlock::iterator II = BB->begin(), IE = BB->end(); II != IE;) {
@@ -345,10 +342,7 @@ void Scalarizer::transferMetadata(Instruction *Op, const ValueVector &CV) {
// Try to fill in Layout from Ty, returning true on success. Alignment is
// the alignment of the vector, or 0 if the ABI default should be used.
bool Scalarizer::getVectorLayout(Type *Ty, unsigned Alignment,
- VectorLayout &Layout) {
- if (!DL)
- return false;
-
+ VectorLayout &Layout, const DataLayout &DL) {
// Make sure we're dealing with a vector.
Layout.VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty);
if (!Layout.VecTy)
@@ -356,15 +350,15 @@ bool Scalarizer::getVectorLayout(Type *Ty, unsigned Alignment,
// Check that we're dealing with full-byte elements.
Layout.ElemTy = Layout.VecTy->getElementType();
- if (DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Layout.ElemTy) !=
- DL->getTypeStoreSizeInBits(Layout.ElemTy))
+ if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Layout.ElemTy) !=
+ DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(Layout.ElemTy))
return false;
if (Alignment)
Layout.VecAlign = Alignment;
else
- Layout.VecAlign = DL->getABITypeAlignment(Layout.VecTy);
- Layout.ElemSize = DL->getTypeStoreSize(Layout.ElemTy);
+ Layout.VecAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Layout.VecTy);
+ Layout.ElemSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Layout.ElemTy);
return true;
}
@@ -456,7 +450,7 @@ bool Scalarizer::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
Indices.resize(NumIndices);
for (unsigned J = 0; J < NumIndices; ++J)
Indices[J] = Ops[J][I];
- Res[I] = Builder.CreateGEP(Base[I], Indices,
+ Res[I] = Builder.CreateGEP(GEPI.getSourceElementType(), Base[I], Indices,
GEPI.getName() + ".i" + Twine(I));
if (GEPI.isInBounds())
if (GetElementPtrInst *NewGEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Res[I]))
@@ -595,7 +589,8 @@ bool Scalarizer::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
return false;
VectorLayout Layout;
- if (!getVectorLayout(LI.getType(), LI.getAlignment(), Layout))
+ if (!getVectorLayout(LI.getType(), LI.getAlignment(), Layout,
+ LI.getModule()->getDataLayout()))
return false;
unsigned NumElems = Layout.VecTy->getNumElements();
@@ -619,7 +614,8 @@ bool Scalarizer::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
VectorLayout Layout;
Value *FullValue = SI.getValueOperand();
- if (!getVectorLayout(FullValue->getType(), SI.getAlignment(), Layout))
+ if (!getVectorLayout(FullValue->getType(), SI.getAlignment(), Layout,
+ SI.getModule()->getDataLayout()))
return false;
unsigned NumElems = Layout.VecTy->getNumElements();
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP.cpp
index bffe8df..1a04d74 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP.cpp
@@ -199,18 +199,15 @@ class ConstantOffsetExtractor {
/// new index representing the remainder (equal to the original index minus
/// the constant offset), or nullptr if we cannot extract a constant offset.
/// \p Idx The given GEP index
- /// \p DL The datalayout of the module
/// \p GEP The given GEP
- static Value *Extract(Value *Idx, const DataLayout *DL,
- GetElementPtrInst *GEP);
+ static Value *Extract(Value *Idx, GetElementPtrInst *GEP);
/// Looks for a constant offset from the given GEP index without extracting
/// it. It returns the numeric value of the extracted constant offset (0 if
/// failed). The meaning of the arguments are the same as Extract.
- static int64_t Find(Value *Idx, const DataLayout *DL, GetElementPtrInst *GEP);
+ static int64_t Find(Value *Idx, GetElementPtrInst *GEP);
private:
- ConstantOffsetExtractor(const DataLayout *Layout, Instruction *InsertionPt)
- : DL(Layout), IP(InsertionPt) {}
+ ConstantOffsetExtractor(Instruction *InsertionPt) : IP(InsertionPt) {}
/// Searches the expression that computes V for a non-zero constant C s.t.
/// V can be reassociated into the form V' + C. If the searching is
/// successful, returns C and update UserChain as a def-use chain from C to V;
@@ -294,8 +291,6 @@ class ConstantOffsetExtractor {
/// A data structure used in rebuildWithoutConstOffset. Contains all
/// sext/zext instructions along UserChain.
SmallVector<CastInst *, 16> ExtInsts;
- /// The data layout of the module. Used in ComputeKnownBits.
- const DataLayout *DL;
Instruction *IP; /// Insertion position of cloned instructions.
};
@@ -312,19 +307,10 @@ class SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP : public FunctionPass {
}
void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
- AU.addRequired<DataLayoutPass>();
AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
AU.setPreservesCFG();
}
- bool doInitialization(Module &M) override {
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- if (DLP == nullptr)
- report_fatal_error("data layout missing");
- DL = &DLP->getDataLayout();
- return false;
- }
-
bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
private:
@@ -372,7 +358,6 @@ class SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP : public FunctionPass {
/// Verified in @i32_add in split-gep.ll
bool canonicalizeArrayIndicesToPointerSize(GetElementPtrInst *GEP);
- const DataLayout *DL;
const TargetMachine *TM;
/// Whether to lower a GEP with multiple indices into arithmetic operations or
/// multiple GEPs with a single index.
@@ -386,7 +371,6 @@ INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(
"Split GEPs to a variadic base and a constant offset for better CSE", false,
false)
INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass)
-INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DataLayoutPass)
INITIALIZE_PASS_END(
SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP, "separate-const-offset-from-gep",
"Split GEPs to a variadic base and a constant offset for better CSE", false,
@@ -647,9 +631,8 @@ Value *ConstantOffsetExtractor::removeConstOffset(unsigned ChainIndex) {
return BO;
}
-Value *ConstantOffsetExtractor::Extract(Value *Idx, const DataLayout *DL,
- GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
- ConstantOffsetExtractor Extractor(DL, GEP);
+Value *ConstantOffsetExtractor::Extract(Value *Idx, GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
+ ConstantOffsetExtractor Extractor(GEP);
// Find a non-zero constant offset first.
APInt ConstantOffset =
Extractor.find(Idx, /* SignExtended */ false, /* ZeroExtended */ false,
@@ -660,10 +643,9 @@ Value *ConstantOffsetExtractor::Extract(Value *Idx, const DataLayout *DL,
return Extractor.rebuildWithoutConstOffset();
}
-int64_t ConstantOffsetExtractor::Find(Value *Idx, const DataLayout *DL,
- GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
+int64_t ConstantOffsetExtractor::Find(Value *Idx, GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
// If Idx is an index of an inbound GEP, Idx is guaranteed to be non-negative.
- return ConstantOffsetExtractor(DL, GEP)
+ return ConstantOffsetExtractor(GEP)
.find(Idx, /* SignExtended */ false, /* ZeroExtended */ false,
GEP->isInBounds())
.getSExtValue();
@@ -674,6 +656,7 @@ void ConstantOffsetExtractor::ComputeKnownBits(Value *V, APInt &KnownOne,
IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
KnownOne = APInt(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
KnownZero = APInt(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
+ const DataLayout &DL = IP->getModule()->getDataLayout();
llvm::computeKnownBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, DL, 0);
}
@@ -689,7 +672,8 @@ bool ConstantOffsetExtractor::NoCommonBits(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) const {
bool SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::canonicalizeArrayIndicesToPointerSize(
GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
bool Changed = false;
- Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
+ const DataLayout &DL = GEP->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(*GEP);
for (User::op_iterator I = GEP->op_begin() + 1, E = GEP->op_end();
I != E; ++I, ++GTI) {
@@ -710,18 +694,19 @@ SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::accumulateByteOffset(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
NeedsExtraction = false;
int64_t AccumulativeByteOffset = 0;
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(*GEP);
+ const DataLayout &DL = GEP->getModule()->getDataLayout();
for (unsigned I = 1, E = GEP->getNumOperands(); I != E; ++I, ++GTI) {
if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
// Tries to extract a constant offset from this GEP index.
int64_t ConstantOffset =
- ConstantOffsetExtractor::Find(GEP->getOperand(I), DL, GEP);
+ ConstantOffsetExtractor::Find(GEP->getOperand(I), GEP);
if (ConstantOffset != 0) {
NeedsExtraction = true;
// A GEP may have multiple indices. We accumulate the extracted
// constant offset to a byte offset, and later offset the remainder of
// the original GEP with this byte offset.
AccumulativeByteOffset +=
- ConstantOffset * DL->getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
+ ConstantOffset * DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
}
} else if (LowerGEP) {
StructType *StTy = cast<StructType>(*GTI);
@@ -730,7 +715,7 @@ SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::accumulateByteOffset(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
if (Field != 0) {
NeedsExtraction = true;
AccumulativeByteOffset +=
- DL->getStructLayout(StTy)->getElementOffset(Field);
+ DL.getStructLayout(StTy)->getElementOffset(Field);
}
}
}
@@ -740,7 +725,8 @@ SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::accumulateByteOffset(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
void SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::lowerToSingleIndexGEPs(
GetElementPtrInst *Variadic, int64_t AccumulativeByteOffset) {
IRBuilder<> Builder(Variadic);
- Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Variadic->getType());
+ const DataLayout &DL = Variadic->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(Variadic->getType());
Type *I8PtrTy =
Builder.getInt8PtrTy(Variadic->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
@@ -760,7 +746,7 @@ void SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::lowerToSingleIndexGEPs(
continue;
APInt ElementSize = APInt(IntPtrTy->getIntegerBitWidth(),
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
// Scale the index by element size.
if (ElementSize != 1) {
if (ElementSize.isPowerOf2()) {
@@ -791,7 +777,8 @@ void
SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::lowerToArithmetics(GetElementPtrInst *Variadic,
int64_t AccumulativeByteOffset) {
IRBuilder<> Builder(Variadic);
- Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Variadic->getType());
+ const DataLayout &DL = Variadic->getModule()->getDataLayout();
+ Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(Variadic->getType());
Value *ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Variadic->getOperand(0), IntPtrTy);
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(*Variadic);
@@ -807,7 +794,7 @@ SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::lowerToArithmetics(GetElementPtrInst *Variadic,
continue;
APInt ElementSize = APInt(IntPtrTy->getIntegerBitWidth(),
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
// Scale the index by element size.
if (ElementSize != 1) {
if (ElementSize.isPowerOf2()) {
@@ -880,8 +867,7 @@ bool SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::splitGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
// Splits this GEP index into a variadic part and a constant offset, and
// uses the variadic part as the new index.
- Value *NewIdx =
- ConstantOffsetExtractor::Extract(GEP->getOperand(I), DL, GEP);
+ Value *NewIdx = ConstantOffsetExtractor::Extract(GEP->getOperand(I), GEP);
if (NewIdx != nullptr) {
GEP->setOperand(I, NewIdx);
}
@@ -958,15 +944,17 @@ bool SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::splitGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
// Per ANSI C standard, signed / unsigned = unsigned and signed % unsigned =
// unsigned.. Therefore, we cast ElementTypeSizeOfGEP to signed because it is
// used with unsigned integers later.
+ const DataLayout &DL = GEP->getModule()->getDataLayout();
int64_t ElementTypeSizeOfGEP = static_cast<int64_t>(
- DL->getTypeAllocSize(GEP->getType()->getElementType()));
- Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
+ DL.getTypeAllocSize(GEP->getType()->getElementType()));
+ Type *IntPtrTy = DL.getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
if (AccumulativeByteOffset % ElementTypeSizeOfGEP == 0) {
// Very likely. As long as %gep is natually aligned, the byte offset we
// extracted should be a multiple of sizeof(*%gep).
int64_t Index = AccumulativeByteOffset / ElementTypeSizeOfGEP;
- NewGEP = GetElementPtrInst::Create(
- NewGEP, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Index, true), GEP->getName(), GEP);
+ NewGEP = GetElementPtrInst::Create(GEP->getResultElementType(), NewGEP,
+ ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Index, true),
+ GEP->getName(), GEP);
} else {
// Unlikely but possible. For example,
// #pragma pack(1)
@@ -986,8 +974,9 @@ bool SeparateConstOffsetFromGEP::splitGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
GEP->getPointerAddressSpace());
NewGEP = new BitCastInst(NewGEP, I8PtrTy, "", GEP);
NewGEP = GetElementPtrInst::Create(
- NewGEP, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AccumulativeByteOffset, true),
- "uglygep", GEP);
+ Type::getInt8Ty(GEP->getContext()), NewGEP,
+ ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AccumulativeByteOffset, true), "uglygep",
+ GEP);
if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
NewGEP = new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP->getType(), GEP->getName(), GEP);
}
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp
index fb8fe38..8566cd9 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static bool mergeEmptyReturnBlocks(Function &F) {
/// iterativelySimplifyCFG - Call SimplifyCFG on all the blocks in the function,
/// iterating until no more changes are made.
static bool iterativelySimplifyCFG(Function &F, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI,
- const DataLayout *DL, AssumptionCache *AC,
+ AssumptionCache *AC,
unsigned BonusInstThreshold) {
bool Changed = false;
bool LocalChange = true;
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ static bool iterativelySimplifyCFG(Function &F, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI,
// Loop over all of the basic blocks and remove them if they are unneeded...
//
for (Function::iterator BBIt = F.begin(); BBIt != F.end(); ) {
- if (SimplifyCFG(BBIt++, TTI, BonusInstThreshold, DL, AC)) {
+ if (SimplifyCFG(BBIt++, TTI, BonusInstThreshold, AC)) {
LocalChange = true;
++NumSimpl;
}
@@ -148,11 +148,10 @@ static bool iterativelySimplifyCFG(Function &F, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI,
}
static bool simplifyFunctionCFG(Function &F, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI,
- const DataLayout *DL, AssumptionCache *AC,
- int BonusInstThreshold) {
+ AssumptionCache *AC, int BonusInstThreshold) {
bool EverChanged = removeUnreachableBlocks(F);
EverChanged |= mergeEmptyReturnBlocks(F);
- EverChanged |= iterativelySimplifyCFG(F, TTI, DL, AC, BonusInstThreshold);
+ EverChanged |= iterativelySimplifyCFG(F, TTI, AC, BonusInstThreshold);
// If neither pass changed anything, we're done.
if (!EverChanged) return false;
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ static bool simplifyFunctionCFG(Function &F, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI,
return true;
do {
- EverChanged = iterativelySimplifyCFG(F, TTI, DL, AC, BonusInstThreshold);
+ EverChanged = iterativelySimplifyCFG(F, TTI, AC, BonusInstThreshold);
EverChanged |= removeUnreachableBlocks(F);
} while (EverChanged);
@@ -181,11 +180,10 @@ SimplifyCFGPass::SimplifyCFGPass(int BonusInstThreshold)
PreservedAnalyses SimplifyCFGPass::run(Function &F,
AnalysisManager<Function> *AM) {
- auto *DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
auto &TTI = AM->getResult<TargetIRAnalysis>(F);
auto &AC = AM->getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
- if (!simplifyFunctionCFG(F, TTI, DL, &AC, BonusInstThreshold))
+ if (!simplifyFunctionCFG(F, TTI, &AC, BonusInstThreshold))
return PreservedAnalyses::none();
return PreservedAnalyses::all();
@@ -207,9 +205,7 @@ struct CFGSimplifyPass : public FunctionPass {
&getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
const TargetTransformInfo &TTI =
getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
- return simplifyFunctionCFG(F, TTI, DL, AC, BonusInstThreshold);
+ return simplifyFunctionCFG(F, TTI, AC, BonusInstThreshold);
}
void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp
index d0ee0a6..b169d56 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
using namespace llvm;
@@ -35,7 +36,6 @@ namespace {
DominatorTree *DT;
LoopInfo *LI;
AliasAnalysis *AA;
- const DataLayout *DL;
public:
static char ID; // Pass identification
@@ -100,8 +100,6 @@ bool Sinking::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>();
- DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
- DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
bool MadeChange, EverMadeChange = false;
@@ -196,7 +194,7 @@ bool Sinking::IsAcceptableTarget(Instruction *Inst,
if (SuccToSinkTo->getUniquePredecessor() != Inst->getParent()) {
// We cannot sink a load across a critical edge - there may be stores in
// other code paths.
- if (!isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(Inst, DL))
+ if (!isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(Inst))
return false;
// We don't want to sink across a critical edge if we don't dominate the
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StraightLineStrengthReduce.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StraightLineStrengthReduce.cpp
index 4edc86c..e71031c 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StraightLineStrengthReduce.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StraightLineStrengthReduce.cpp
@@ -15,19 +15,30 @@
//
// There are many optimizations we can perform in the domain of SLSR. This file
// for now contains only an initial step. Specifically, we look for strength
-// reduction candidate in the form of
+// reduction candidates in two forms:
//
-// (B + i) * S
+// Form 1: (B + i) * S
+// Form 2: &B[i * S]
//
-// where B and S are integer constants or variables, and i is a constant
-// integer. If we found two such candidates
+// where S is an integer variable, and i is a constant integer. If we found two
+// candidates
//
-// S1: X = (B + i) * S S2: Y = (B + i') * S
+// S1: X = (B + i) * S
+// S2: Y = (B + i') * S
+//
+// or
+//
+// S1: X = &B[i * S]
+// S2: Y = &B[i' * S]
//
// and S1 dominates S2, we call S1 a basis of S2, and can replace S2 with
//
// Y = X + (i' - i) * S
//
+// or
+//
+// Y = &X[(i' - i) * S]
+//
// where (i' - i) * S is folded to the extent possible. When S2 has multiple
// bases, we pick the one that is closest to S2, or S2's "immediate" basis.
//
@@ -35,8 +46,6 @@
//
// - Handle candidates in the form of B + i * S
//
-// - Handle candidates in the form of pointer arithmetics. e.g., B[i * S]
-//
// - Floating point arithmetics when fast math is enabled.
//
// - SLSR may decrease ILP at the architecture level. Targets that are very
@@ -45,6 +54,10 @@
#include <vector>
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
@@ -58,14 +71,30 @@ using namespace PatternMatch;
namespace {
class StraightLineStrengthReduce : public FunctionPass {
- public:
+public:
// SLSR candidate. Such a candidate must be in the form of
// (Base + Index) * Stride
+ // or
+ // Base[..][Index * Stride][..]
struct Candidate : public ilist_node<Candidate> {
- Candidate(Value *B = nullptr, ConstantInt *Idx = nullptr,
- Value *S = nullptr, Instruction *I = nullptr)
- : Base(B), Index(Idx), Stride(S), Ins(I), Basis(nullptr) {}
- Value *Base;
+ enum Kind {
+ Invalid, // reserved for the default constructor
+ Mul, // (B + i) * S
+ GEP, // &B[..][i * S][..]
+ };
+
+ Candidate()
+ : CandidateKind(Invalid), Base(nullptr), Index(nullptr),
+ Stride(nullptr), Ins(nullptr), Basis(nullptr) {}
+ Candidate(Kind CT, const SCEV *B, ConstantInt *Idx, Value *S,
+ Instruction *I)
+ : CandidateKind(CT), Base(B), Index(Idx), Stride(S), Ins(I),
+ Basis(nullptr) {}
+ Kind CandidateKind;
+ const SCEV *Base;
+ // Note that Index and Stride of a GEP candidate may not have the same
+ // integer type. In that case, during rewriting, Stride will be
+ // sign-extended or truncated to Index's type.
ConstantInt *Index;
Value *Stride;
// The instruction this candidate corresponds to. It helps us to rewrite a
@@ -90,33 +119,70 @@ class StraightLineStrengthReduce : public FunctionPass {
static char ID;
- StraightLineStrengthReduce() : FunctionPass(ID), DT(nullptr) {
+ StraightLineStrengthReduce()
+ : FunctionPass(ID), DL(nullptr), DT(nullptr), TTI(nullptr) {
initializeStraightLineStrengthReducePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
}
void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
+ AU.addRequired<ScalarEvolution>();
+ AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
// We do not modify the shape of the CFG.
AU.setPreservesCFG();
}
+ bool doInitialization(Module &M) override {
+ DL = &M.getDataLayout();
+ return false;
+ }
+
bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
- private:
+private:
// Returns true if Basis is a basis for C, i.e., Basis dominates C and they
// share the same base and stride.
bool isBasisFor(const Candidate &Basis, const Candidate &C);
// Checks whether I is in a candidate form. If so, adds all the matching forms
// to Candidates, and tries to find the immediate basis for each of them.
void allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Instruction *I);
- // Given that I is in the form of "(B + Idx) * S", adds this form to
- // Candidates, and finds its immediate basis.
- void allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Value *B, ConstantInt *Idx, Value *S,
+ // Allocate candidates and find bases for Mul instructions.
+ void allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForMul(Instruction *I);
+ // Splits LHS into Base + Index and, if succeeds, calls
+ // allocateCandidateAndFindBasis.
+ void allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForMul(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
+ Instruction *I);
+ // Allocate candidates and find bases for GetElementPtr instructions.
+ void allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEP);
+ // A helper function that scales Idx with ElementSize before invoking
+ // allocateCandidateAndFindBasis.
+ void allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForGEP(const SCEV *B, ConstantInt *Idx,
+ Value *S, uint64_t ElementSize,
+ Instruction *I);
+ // Adds the given form <CT, B, Idx, S> to Candidates, and finds its immediate
+ // basis.
+ void allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Candidate::Kind CT, const SCEV *B,
+ ConstantInt *Idx, Value *S,
Instruction *I);
// Rewrites candidate C with respect to Basis.
void rewriteCandidateWithBasis(const Candidate &C, const Candidate &Basis);
+ // A helper function that factors ArrayIdx to a product of a stride and a
+ // constant index, and invokes allocateCandidateAndFindBasis with the
+ // factorings.
+ void factorArrayIndex(Value *ArrayIdx, const SCEV *Base, uint64_t ElementSize,
+ GetElementPtrInst *GEP);
+ // Emit code that computes the "bump" from Basis to C. If the candidate is a
+ // GEP and the bump is not divisible by the element size of the GEP, this
+ // function sets the BumpWithUglyGEP flag to notify its caller to bump the
+ // basis using an ugly GEP.
+ static Value *emitBump(const Candidate &Basis, const Candidate &C,
+ IRBuilder<> &Builder, const DataLayout *DL,
+ bool &BumpWithUglyGEP);
+ const DataLayout *DL;
DominatorTree *DT;
+ ScalarEvolution *SE;
+ TargetTransformInfo *TTI;
ilist<Candidate> Candidates;
// Temporarily holds all instructions that are unlinked (but not deleted) by
// rewriteCandidateWithBasis. These instructions will be actually removed
@@ -129,6 +195,8 @@ char StraightLineStrengthReduce::ID = 0;
INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(StraightLineStrengthReduce, "slsr",
"Straight line strength reduction", false, false)
INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ScalarEvolution)
+INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass)
INITIALIZE_PASS_END(StraightLineStrengthReduce, "slsr",
"Straight line strength reduction", false, false)
@@ -141,9 +209,47 @@ bool StraightLineStrengthReduce::isBasisFor(const Candidate &Basis,
return (Basis.Ins != C.Ins && // skip the same instruction
// Basis must dominate C in order to rewrite C with respect to Basis.
DT->dominates(Basis.Ins->getParent(), C.Ins->getParent()) &&
- // They share the same base and stride.
+ // They share the same base, stride, and candidate kind.
Basis.Base == C.Base &&
- Basis.Stride == C.Stride);
+ Basis.Stride == C.Stride &&
+ Basis.CandidateKind == C.CandidateKind);
+}
+
+static bool isCompletelyFoldable(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
+ const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
+ const DataLayout *DL) {
+ GlobalVariable *BaseGV = nullptr;
+ int64_t BaseOffset = 0;
+ bool HasBaseReg = false;
+ int64_t Scale = 0;
+
+ if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getPointerOperand()))
+ BaseGV = GV;
+ else
+ HasBaseReg = true;
+
+ gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
+ for (auto I = GEP->idx_begin(); I != GEP->idx_end(); ++I, ++GTI) {
+ if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
+ int64_t ElementSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
+ if (ConstantInt *ConstIdx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(*I)) {
+ BaseOffset += ConstIdx->getSExtValue() * ElementSize;
+ } else {
+ // Needs scale register.
+ if (Scale != 0) {
+ // No addressing mode takes two scale registers.
+ return false;
+ }
+ Scale = ElementSize;
+ }
+ } else {
+ StructType *STy = cast<StructType>(*GTI);
+ uint64_t Field = cast<ConstantInt>(*I)->getZExtValue();
+ BaseOffset += DL->getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(Field);
+ }
+ }
+ return TTI->isLegalAddressingMode(GEP->getType()->getElementType(), BaseGV,
+ BaseOffset, HasBaseReg, Scale);
}
// TODO: We currently implement an algorithm whose time complexity is linear to
@@ -153,11 +259,17 @@ bool StraightLineStrengthReduce::isBasisFor(const Candidate &Basis,
// table is indexed by the base and the stride of a candidate. Therefore,
// finding the immediate basis of a candidate boils down to one hash-table look
// up.
-void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Value *B,
- ConstantInt *Idx,
- Value *S,
- Instruction *I) {
- Candidate C(B, Idx, S, I);
+void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(
+ Candidate::Kind CT, const SCEV *B, ConstantInt *Idx, Value *S,
+ Instruction *I) {
+ if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
+ // If &B[Idx * S] fits into an addressing mode, do not turn it into
+ // non-free computation.
+ if (isCompletelyFoldable(GEP, TTI, DL))
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Candidate C(CT, B, Idx, S, I);
// Try to compute the immediate basis of C.
unsigned NumIterations = 0;
// Limit the scan radius to avoid running forever.
@@ -176,60 +288,209 @@ void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Value *B,
}
void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Instruction *I) {
+ switch (I->getOpcode()) {
+ case Instruction::Mul:
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForMul(I);
+ break;
+ case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForGEP(cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I));
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForMul(
+ Value *LHS, Value *RHS, Instruction *I) {
Value *B = nullptr;
ConstantInt *Idx = nullptr;
- // "(Base + Index) * Stride" must be a Mul instruction at the first hand.
- if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul) {
- if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())) {
- Value *LHS = I->getOperand(0), *RHS = I->getOperand(1);
- for (unsigned Swapped = 0; Swapped < 2; ++Swapped) {
- // Only handle the canonical operand ordering.
- if (match(LHS, m_Add(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(Idx)))) {
- // If LHS is in the form of "Base + Index", then I is in the form of
- // "(Base + Index) * RHS".
- allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(B, Idx, RHS, I);
- } else {
- // Otherwise, at least try the form (LHS + 0) * RHS.
- allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(LHS, ConstantInt::get(ITy, 0), RHS, I);
- }
- // Swap LHS and RHS so that we also cover the cases where LHS is the
- // stride.
- if (LHS == RHS)
- break;
- std::swap(LHS, RHS);
- }
- }
+ // Only handle the canonical operand ordering.
+ if (match(LHS, m_Add(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(Idx)))) {
+ // If LHS is in the form of "Base + Index", then I is in the form of
+ // "(Base + Index) * RHS".
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Candidate::Mul, SE->getSCEV(B), Idx, RHS, I);
+ } else {
+ // Otherwise, at least try the form (LHS + 0) * RHS.
+ ConstantInt *Zero = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(I->getType()), 0);
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Candidate::Mul, SE->getSCEV(LHS), Zero, RHS,
+ I);
+ }
+}
+
+void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForMul(
+ Instruction *I) {
+ // Try matching (B + i) * S.
+ // TODO: we could extend SLSR to float and vector types.
+ if (!isa<IntegerType>(I->getType()))
+ return;
+
+ Value *LHS = I->getOperand(0), *RHS = I->getOperand(1);
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForMul(LHS, RHS, I);
+ if (LHS != RHS) {
+ // Symmetrically, try to split RHS to Base + Index.
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForMul(RHS, LHS, I);
+ }
+}
+
+void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForGEP(
+ const SCEV *B, ConstantInt *Idx, Value *S, uint64_t ElementSize,
+ Instruction *I) {
+ // I = B + sext(Idx *nsw S) *nsw ElementSize
+ // = B + (sext(Idx) * ElementSize) * sext(S)
+ // Casting to IntegerType is safe because we skipped vector GEPs.
+ IntegerType *IntPtrTy = cast<IntegerType>(DL->getIntPtrType(I->getType()));
+ ConstantInt *ScaledIdx = ConstantInt::get(
+ IntPtrTy, Idx->getSExtValue() * (int64_t)ElementSize, true);
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(Candidate::GEP, B, ScaledIdx, S, I);
+}
+
+void StraightLineStrengthReduce::factorArrayIndex(Value *ArrayIdx,
+ const SCEV *Base,
+ uint64_t ElementSize,
+ GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
+ // At least, ArrayIdx = ArrayIdx *s 1.
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForGEP(
+ Base, ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(ArrayIdx->getType()), 1),
+ ArrayIdx, ElementSize, GEP);
+ Value *LHS = nullptr;
+ ConstantInt *RHS = nullptr;
+ // TODO: handle shl. e.g., we could treat (S << 2) as (S * 4).
+ //
+ // One alternative is matching the SCEV of ArrayIdx instead of ArrayIdx
+ // itself. This would allow us to handle the shl case for free. However,
+ // matching SCEVs has two issues:
+ //
+ // 1. this would complicate rewriting because the rewriting procedure
+ // would have to translate SCEVs back to IR instructions. This translation
+ // is difficult when LHS is further evaluated to a composite SCEV.
+ //
+ // 2. ScalarEvolution is designed to be control-flow oblivious. It tends
+ // to strip nsw/nuw flags which are critical for SLSR to trace into
+ // sext'ed multiplication.
+ if (match(ArrayIdx, m_NSWMul(m_Value(LHS), m_ConstantInt(RHS)))) {
+ // SLSR is currently unsafe if i * S may overflow.
+ // GEP = Base + sext(LHS *nsw RHS) *nsw ElementSize
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForGEP(Base, RHS, LHS, ElementSize, GEP);
+ }
+}
+
+void StraightLineStrengthReduce::allocateCandidateAndFindBasisForGEP(
+ GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
+ // TODO: handle vector GEPs
+ if (GEP->getType()->isVectorTy())
+ return;
+
+ const SCEV *GEPExpr = SE->getSCEV(GEP);
+ Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
+
+ gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
+ for (auto I = GEP->idx_begin(); I != GEP->idx_end(); ++I) {
+ if (!isa<SequentialType>(*GTI++))
+ continue;
+ Value *ArrayIdx = *I;
+ // Compute the byte offset of this index.
+ uint64_t ElementSize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(*GTI);
+ const SCEV *ElementSizeExpr = SE->getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, *GTI);
+ const SCEV *ArrayIdxExpr = SE->getSCEV(ArrayIdx);
+ ArrayIdxExpr = SE->getTruncateOrSignExtend(ArrayIdxExpr, IntPtrTy);
+ const SCEV *LocalOffset =
+ SE->getMulExpr(ArrayIdxExpr, ElementSizeExpr, SCEV::FlagNSW);
+ // The base of this candidate equals GEPExpr less the byte offset of this
+ // index.
+ const SCEV *Base = SE->getMinusSCEV(GEPExpr, LocalOffset);
+ factorArrayIndex(ArrayIdx, Base, ElementSize, GEP);
+ // When ArrayIdx is the sext of a value, we try to factor that value as
+ // well. Handling this case is important because array indices are
+ // typically sign-extended to the pointer size.
+ Value *TruncatedArrayIdx = nullptr;
+ if (match(ArrayIdx, m_SExt(m_Value(TruncatedArrayIdx))))
+ factorArrayIndex(TruncatedArrayIdx, Base, ElementSize, GEP);
}
}
+// A helper function that unifies the bitwidth of A and B.
+static void unifyBitWidth(APInt &A, APInt &B) {
+ if (A.getBitWidth() < B.getBitWidth())
+ A = A.sext(B.getBitWidth());
+ else if (A.getBitWidth() > B.getBitWidth())
+ B = B.sext(A.getBitWidth());
+}
+
+Value *StraightLineStrengthReduce::emitBump(const Candidate &Basis,
+ const Candidate &C,
+ IRBuilder<> &Builder,
+ const DataLayout *DL,
+ bool &BumpWithUglyGEP) {
+ APInt Idx = C.Index->getValue(), BasisIdx = Basis.Index->getValue();
+ unifyBitWidth(Idx, BasisIdx);
+ APInt IndexOffset = Idx - BasisIdx;
+
+ BumpWithUglyGEP = false;
+ if (Basis.CandidateKind == Candidate::GEP) {
+ APInt ElementSize(
+ IndexOffset.getBitWidth(),
+ DL->getTypeAllocSize(
+ cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Basis.Ins)->getType()->getElementType()));
+ APInt Q, R;
+ APInt::sdivrem(IndexOffset, ElementSize, Q, R);
+ if (R.getSExtValue() == 0)
+ IndexOffset = Q;
+ else
+ BumpWithUglyGEP = true;
+ }
+ // Compute Bump = C - Basis = (i' - i) * S.
+ // Common case 1: if (i' - i) is 1, Bump = S.
+ if (IndexOffset.getSExtValue() == 1)
+ return C.Stride;
+ // Common case 2: if (i' - i) is -1, Bump = -S.
+ if (IndexOffset.getSExtValue() == -1)
+ return Builder.CreateNeg(C.Stride);
+ // Otherwise, Bump = (i' - i) * sext/trunc(S).
+ ConstantInt *Delta = ConstantInt::get(Basis.Ins->getContext(), IndexOffset);
+ Value *ExtendedStride = Builder.CreateSExtOrTrunc(C.Stride, Delta->getType());
+ return Builder.CreateMul(ExtendedStride, Delta);
+}
+
void StraightLineStrengthReduce::rewriteCandidateWithBasis(
const Candidate &C, const Candidate &Basis) {
+ assert(C.CandidateKind == Basis.CandidateKind && C.Base == Basis.Base &&
+ C.Stride == Basis.Stride);
+
// An instruction can correspond to multiple candidates. Therefore, instead of
// simply deleting an instruction when we rewrite it, we mark its parent as
// nullptr (i.e. unlink it) so that we can skip the candidates whose
// instruction is already rewritten.
if (!C.Ins->getParent())
return;
- assert(C.Base == Basis.Base && C.Stride == Basis.Stride);
- // Basis = (B + i) * S
- // C = (B + i') * S
- // ==>
- // C = Basis + (i' - i) * S
+
IRBuilder<> Builder(C.Ins);
- ConstantInt *IndexOffset = ConstantInt::get(
- C.Ins->getContext(), C.Index->getValue() - Basis.Index->getValue());
- Value *Reduced;
- // TODO: preserve nsw/nuw in some cases.
- if (IndexOffset->isOne()) {
- // If (i' - i) is 1, fold C into Basis + S.
- Reduced = Builder.CreateAdd(Basis.Ins, C.Stride);
- } else if (IndexOffset->isMinusOne()) {
- // If (i' - i) is -1, fold C into Basis - S.
- Reduced = Builder.CreateSub(Basis.Ins, C.Stride);
- } else {
- Value *Bump = Builder.CreateMul(C.Stride, IndexOffset);
+ bool BumpWithUglyGEP;
+ Value *Bump = emitBump(Basis, C, Builder, DL, BumpWithUglyGEP);
+ Value *Reduced = nullptr; // equivalent to but weaker than C.Ins
+ switch (C.CandidateKind) {
+ case Candidate::Mul:
Reduced = Builder.CreateAdd(Basis.Ins, Bump);
- }
+ break;
+ case Candidate::GEP:
+ {
+ Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(C.Ins->getType());
+ if (BumpWithUglyGEP) {
+ // C = (char *)Basis + Bump
+ unsigned AS = Basis.Ins->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
+ Type *CharTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Basis.Ins->getContext(), AS);
+ Reduced = Builder.CreateBitCast(Basis.Ins, CharTy);
+ // We only considered inbounds GEP as candidates.
+ Reduced = Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(Reduced, Bump);
+ Reduced = Builder.CreateBitCast(Reduced, C.Ins->getType());
+ } else {
+ // C = gep Basis, Bump
+ // Canonicalize bump to pointer size.
+ Bump = Builder.CreateSExtOrTrunc(Bump, IntPtrTy);
+ Reduced = Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(Basis.Ins, Bump);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ llvm_unreachable("C.CandidateKind is invalid");
+ };
Reduced->takeName(C.Ins);
C.Ins->replaceAllUsesWith(Reduced);
C.Ins->dropAllReferences();
@@ -243,15 +504,15 @@ bool StraightLineStrengthReduce::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
return false;
+ TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
+ SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>();
// Traverse the dominator tree in the depth-first order. This order makes sure
// all bases of a candidate are in Candidates when we process it.
for (auto node = GraphTraits<DominatorTree *>::nodes_begin(DT);
node != GraphTraits<DominatorTree *>::nodes_end(DT); ++node) {
- BasicBlock *B = node->getBlock();
- for (auto I = B->begin(); I != B->end(); ++I) {
- allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(I);
- }
+ for (auto &I : *node->getBlock())
+ allocateCandidateAndFindBasis(&I);
}
// Rewrite candidates in the reverse depth-first order. This order makes sure
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp
index aaf6f9a..6c3ce58 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp
@@ -9,8 +9,8 @@
#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/RegionInfo.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/RegionIterator.h"
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
using namespace llvm;
diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp
index 715ddeb..9eef132 100644
--- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp
+++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/CaptureTracking.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/CFG.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/CaptureTracking.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/InlineCost.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ STATISTIC(NumAccumAdded, "Number of accumulators introduced");
namespace {
struct TailCallElim : public FunctionPass {
const TargetTransformInfo *TTI;
- const DataLayout *DL;
static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
TailCallElim() : FunctionPass(ID) {
@@ -159,8 +158,6 @@ bool TailCallElim::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
return false;
- DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
-
bool AllCallsAreTailCalls = false;
bool Modified = markTails(F, AllCallsAreTailCalls);
if (AllCallsAreTailCalls)
@@ -392,10 +389,9 @@ bool TailCallElim::runTRE(Function &F) {
SmallVector<PHINode*, 8> ArgumentPHIs;
bool MadeChange = false;
- // CanTRETailMarkedCall - If false, we cannot perform TRE on tail calls
- // marked with the 'tail' attribute, because doing so would cause the stack
- // size to increase (real TRE would deallocate variable sized allocas, TRE
- // doesn't).
+ // If false, we cannot perform TRE on tail calls marked with the 'tail'
+ // attribute, because doing so would cause the stack size to increase (real
+ // TRE would deallocate variable sized allocas, TRE doesn't).
bool CanTRETailMarkedCall = CanTRE(F);
// Change any tail recursive calls to loops.
@@ -404,28 +400,19 @@ bool TailCallElim::runTRE(Function &F) {
// alloca' is changed from being a static alloca to being a dynamic alloca.
// Until this is resolved, disable this transformation if that would ever
// happen. This bug is PR962.
- SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 8> BBToErase;
- for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB) {
+ for (Function::iterator BBI = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BBI != E; /*in loop*/) {
+ BasicBlock *BB = BBI++; // FoldReturnAndProcessPred may delete BB.
if (ReturnInst *Ret = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB->getTerminator())) {
bool Change = ProcessReturningBlock(Ret, OldEntry, TailCallsAreMarkedTail,
ArgumentPHIs, !CanTRETailMarkedCall);
- if (!Change && BB->getFirstNonPHIOrDbg() == Ret) {
+ if (!Change && BB->getFirstNonPHIOrDbg() == Ret)
Change = FoldReturnAndProcessPred(BB, Ret, OldEntry,
TailCallsAreMarkedTail, ArgumentPHIs,
!CanTRETailMarkedCall);
- // FoldReturnAndProcessPred may have emptied some BB. Remember to
- // erase them.
- if (Change && BB->empty())
- BBToErase.push_back(BB);
-
- }
MadeChange |= Change;
}
}
- for (auto BB: BBToErase)
- BB->eraseFromParent();
-
// If we eliminated any tail recursions, it's possible that we inserted some
// silly PHI nodes which just merge an initial value (the incoming operand)
// with themselves. Check to see if we did and clean up our mess if so. This
@@ -435,7 +422,7 @@ bool TailCallElim::runTRE(Function &F) {
PHINode *PN = ArgumentPHIs[i];
// If the PHI Node is a dynamic constant, replace it with the value it is.
- if (Value *PNV = SimplifyInstruction(PN)) {
+ if (Value *PNV = SimplifyInstruction(PN, F.getParent()->getDataLayout())) {
PN->replaceAllUsesWith(PNV);
PN->eraseFromParent();
}
@@ -445,7 +432,7 @@ bool TailCallElim::runTRE(Function &F) {
}
-/// CanMoveAboveCall - Return true if it is safe to move the specified
+/// Return true if it is safe to move the specified
/// instruction from after the call to before the call, assuming that all
/// instructions between the call and this instruction are movable.
///
@@ -464,7 +451,7 @@ bool TailCallElim::CanMoveAboveCall(Instruction *I, CallInst *CI) {
// being loaded from.
if (CI->mayWriteToMemory() ||
!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(L->getPointerOperand(), L,
- L->getAlignment(), DL))
+ L->getAlignment()))
return false;
}
}
@@ -480,13 +467,11 @@ bool TailCallElim::CanMoveAboveCall(Instruction *I, CallInst *CI) {
return true;
}
-// isDynamicConstant - Return true if the specified value is the same when the
-// return would exit as it was when the initial iteration of the recursive
-// function was executed.
-//
-// We currently handle static constants and arguments that are not modified as
-// part of the recursion.
-//
+/// Return true if the specified value is the same when the return would exit
+/// as it was when the initial iteration of the recursive function was executed.
+///
+/// We currently handle static constants and arguments that are not modified as
+/// part of the recursion.
static bool isDynamicConstant(Value *V, CallInst *CI, ReturnInst *RI) {
if (isa<Constant>(V)) return true; // Static constants are always dyn consts
@@ -518,10 +503,9 @@ static bool isDynamicConstant(Value *V, CallInst *CI, ReturnInst *RI) {
return false;
}
-// getCommonReturnValue - Check to see if the function containing the specified
-// tail call consistently returns the same runtime-constant value at all exit
-// points except for IgnoreRI. If so, return the returned value.
-//
+/// Check to see if the function containing the specified tail call consistently
+/// returns the same runtime-constant value at all exit points except for
+/// IgnoreRI. If so, return the returned value.
static Value *getCommonReturnValue(ReturnInst *IgnoreRI, CallInst *CI) {
Function *F = CI->getParent()->getParent();
Value *ReturnedValue = nullptr;
@@ -545,10 +529,9 @@ static Value *getCommonReturnValue(ReturnInst *IgnoreRI, CallInst *CI) {
return ReturnedValue;
}
-/// CanTransformAccumulatorRecursion - If the specified instruction can be
-/// transformed using accumulator recursion elimination, return the constant
-/// which is the start of the accumulator value. Otherwise return null.
-///
+/// If the specified instruction can be transformed using accumulator recursion
+/// elimination, return the constant which is the start of the accumulator
+/// value. Otherwise return null.
Value *TailCallElim::CanTransformAccumulatorRecursion(Instruction *I,
CallInst *CI) {
if (!I->isAssociative() || !I->isCommutative()) return nullptr;
@@ -836,14 +819,11 @@ bool TailCallElim::FoldReturnAndProcessPred(BasicBlock *BB,
ReturnInst *RI = FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(Ret, BB, Pred);
// Cleanup: if all predecessors of BB have been eliminated by
- // FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch, we would like to delete it, but we
- // can not just nuke it as it is being used as an iterator by our caller.
- // Just empty it, and the caller will erase it when it is safe to do so.
- // It is important to empty it, because the ret instruction in there is
- // still using a value which EliminateRecursiveTailCall will attempt
- // to remove.
+ // FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch, delete it. It is important to empty it,
+ // because the ret instruction in there is still using a value which
+ // EliminateRecursiveTailCall will attempt to remove.
if (!BB->hasAddressTaken() && pred_begin(BB) == pred_end(BB))
- BB->getInstList().clear();
+ BB->eraseFromParent();
EliminateRecursiveTailCall(CI, RI, OldEntry, TailCallsAreMarkedTail,
ArgumentPHIs,